- Home
- Do-It-Yourself tools
- Garden tools
- Lawnmowers
- Toro
- Commercial Walk-Behind Mower, Floating Deck Split Lever Hydro
- Manual
Toro Commercial Walk-Behind Mower, Floating Deck, Split Lever, Hydro Drive Walk Behind Mower Manual
Add to my manuals
466 Pages
advertisement
LCE Products
Floating Deck
Mid-Size
Service Manual
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
This manual was written for the service technician; basic mechanical/electrical skills are assumed. The Table of
Contents lists the systems and the related topics covered in this manual. The Toro Company has made every effort to make the information in this manual complete and correct.
For service information specifi c to the engines used on these products, refer to the appropriate engine manufacturer’s service and repair instructions.
Additional resources:
• Interactive Electrical Troubleshooting DVD (P/N 492-4757).
• Interactive Hydraulic Troubleshooting DVD (P/N 492-4777).
• Hydro-Gear Hydraulic Pump Service and Repair Manual (P/N 492-4749).
• Ross Wheel Motor Service and Repair Manual (P/N 492-4753).
We hope you will fi nd this manual a valuable addition to your service shop. If you have any questions or comments regarding this manual, please contact us at the following address:
The Toro Company
Landscape Contractors Equipment Division
8111 Lyndale Avenue South
Bloomington, MN 55420
The Toro Company reserves the right to change product specifi cations or this manual without notice.
Copyright© All Rights Reserved
©2008 The Toro Company
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETY INFORMATION
General Information ......................................................................................................................1-1
Think Safety First..........................................................................................................................1-1
SPECIFICATIONS
Torque Specifi cations ...................................................................................................................2-1
Standard Torque for Dry, Zinc Plated and Steel Fasteners (Inch Series) .....................................2-2
Standard Torque for Dry, Zinc and Steel Fasteners (Metric Fasteners) .......................................2-3
Other Torque Specifi cations .........................................................................................................2-4
Equivalents and Conversions .......................................................................................................2-5
U.S. to Metric Conversions ...........................................................................................................2-6
Hydro with Pistol Grip Controls.....................................................................................................2-7
Hydro with Pistol Grip Controls cont. ............................................................................................2-8
Hydro with Pistol Grip Controls cont. ............................................................................................2-9
Hydro with T-2 Controls ..............................................................................................................2-10
Hydro with T-2 Controls cont. ..................................................................................................... 2-11
Gear with T-Bar Controls ............................................................................................................2-12
Gear with T-Bar Controls cont. ...................................................................................................2-13
Gear with T-Bar Controls cont. ...................................................................................................2-14
International Hydro with T-Bar (T2) Controls ..............................................................................2-15
International Hydro with T-Bar (T2) Controls cont. .....................................................................2-16
International Gear with T-Bar Controls .......................................................................................2-17
International Gear with T-Bar Controls cont. ..............................................................................2-18
CHASSIS
Electric Clutch Replacment ..........................................................................................................3-1
Electric Clutch Removal .........................................................................................................3-1
Clutch Burnishing Procedure .................................................................................................3-4
Electric Clutch Installation ......................................................................................................3-4
PTO Idler Replacement ................................................................................................................3-9
PTO Idler Removal.................................................................................................................3-9
PTO Idler Installation............................................................................................................3-12
Parking Brake Service - Hydro ...................................................................................................3-14
Checking the Parking Brake ................................................................................................3-14
Adjusting the Parking Brake .................................................................................................3-15
Parking Brake Removal .......................................................................................................3-16
Parking Brake Installation ....................................................................................................3-20
Wheel Drive Belt and Wheel Hub Replacement - Gear Drive ....................................................3-24
Wheel Drive Belt & Wheel Hub Removal .............................................................................3-25
Wheel Drive Belt & Wheel Hub Installation ..........................................................................3-30
Brake Band Replacement...........................................................................................................3-36
Brake Band Removal ...........................................................................................................3-36
Brake Band Installation ........................................................................................................3-40
Carrier Frame Replacement .......................................................................................................3-45
Carrier Frame Removal .......................................................................................................3-45
Carrier Frame Installation ....................................................................................................3-48
Carrier Frame & Mower Deck Adjustments ................................................................................3-51
Checking the Carrier Frame & Engine Deck Alignment .......................................................3-51
Castor Wheel Replacement........................................................................................................3-53
Castor Wheel Removal ........................................................................................................3-53
Castor Wheel Service ..........................................................................................................3-54
Castor Wheel Installation .....................................................................................................3-59
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual i
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHASSIS cont.
Castor Wheel Fork Bushing Replacement .................................................................................3-60
Castor Wheel Fork Bushing Removal ..................................................................................3-60
Castor Wheel Fork Bushing Installation ...............................................................................3-61
Fuel Tank Replacement ..............................................................................................................3-62
Fuel Tank Removal ..............................................................................................................3-62
Fuel Tank Installation ...........................................................................................................3-67
Battery Tray Replacement ..........................................................................................................3-70
Battery Tray Removal ..........................................................................................................3-70
Battery Tray Installation .......................................................................................................3-72
Mid-Size Weight Replacement ...................................................................................................3-74
Checking the Brake (T-Bar) ........................................................................................................3-75
Adjusting the Brake (T-Bar) ........................................................................................................3-76
LINKAGE
Control Linkage Replacement (T-2)..............................................................................................4-1
Control Linkage Removal .......................................................................................................4-1
Control Linkage Installation ....................................................................................................4-5
Control Linkage & Thumb Latch Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro) ............................................4-10
Control Linkage & Thumb Latch Removal ...........................................................................4-10
Control Linkage & Thumb Latch Installation ........................................................................4-13
Lower Control Replacement (T-Bar) ...........................................................................................4-17
Lower Control Removal .......................................................................................................4-17
Lower Control Installation ....................................................................................................4-22
Neutral Adjustment Stud Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro) ........................................................4-28
Neutral Adjustment Stud Removal .......................................................................................4-28
Neutral Adjustment Stud Installation ....................................................................................4-31
Operator Presence Control Lever Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro) ..........................................4-35
Operator Presence Control Lever Removal .........................................................................4-35
Operator Presence Control Lever Installation ......................................................................4-37
Speed Control Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro) ........................................................................4-39
Speed Control Removal .......................................................................................................4-39
Speed Control Installation ....................................................................................................4-46
Drive Lever Swivel & Bearing Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro) ................................................4-57
Drive Lever Swivel & Bearing Removal ...............................................................................4-57
Drive Lever Swivel & Bearing Installation ............................................................................4-61
Handle Assembly Replacement (T-Bar) .....................................................................................4-66
Handle Assembly Removal (T-Bar) ......................................................................................4-66
Handle Assembly Installation (T-Bar) ...................................................................................4-73
Handle Assembly Removal (T-2) .........................................................................................4-80
Handle Assembly Installation (T-2) ......................................................................................4-92
Choke Cable Replacement.......................................................................................................4-108
Choke Cable Removal .......................................................................................................4-108
Choke Cable Installation .................................................................................................... 4-110
Throttle Cable Replacement ..................................................................................................... 4-114
Throttle Cable Removal ..................................................................................................... 4-114
Throttle Cable Installation .................................................................................................. 4-117
Linkage Adjustments ................................................................................................................4-121
Speed Control Linkage Adjustment (Pistol Grip Hydro) .....................................................4-121
Temporary Neutral Stud Adjustment ..................................................................................4-122
Hydro Control Linkage Adjustment ...........................................................................................4-123
Adjusting the Left Side Linkage (Pistol Grip) .....................................................................4-124
Adjusting the Right Side Linkage (Pistol Grip) ...................................................................4-126
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LINKAGE cont.
Neutral Stud Adjustment (Pistol Grip) .......................................................................................4-126
Adjusting the Control Rod (Pistol Grip).....................................................................................4-128
Checking the Control Rod ..................................................................................................4-128
Adjusting the Control Rod ..................................................................................................4-128
Tracking Adjustment (Pistol Grip) .............................................................................................4-129
Tracking Adjustment (T-2) ........................................................................................................4-130
Neutral Adjustment (T-2)...........................................................................................................4-130
Control Bar Adjustment (T-Bar) ................................................................................................4-132
ENGINE
Engine Removal - Pistol Grip Hydro .............................................................................................5-1
Engine Installation - Pistol Grip Hydro ..........................................................................................5-9
Muffl er Guard..............................................................................................................................5-20
Engine Removal - Gear Drive.....................................................................................................5-21
Engine Installation - Gear Drive..................................................................................................5-28
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
Hydro Drive Transmission Traction Belt Replacement .................................................................6-1
Hydro Drive Transmission Traction Belt Removal ..................................................................6-1
Hydro Drive Transmission Traction Belt Installation ...............................................................6-4
Hydro Idler Replacement ..............................................................................................................6-7
Hydro Idler Removal ..............................................................................................................6-7
Hydro Idler Installation ...........................................................................................................6-9
Hydraulic Pump Replacement .................................................................................................... 6-11
Hydraulic Pump Removal ....................................................................................................6-12
Hydraulic Pump Installation .................................................................................................6-15
Wheel Motor Replacement .........................................................................................................6-19
Wheel Motor Removal .........................................................................................................6-19
Wheel Motor Installation ......................................................................................................6-22
Hydraulic Reservoir Replacement ..............................................................................................6-26
Hydraulic Reservoir Removal ..............................................................................................6-26
Hydraulic Reservoir Installation ...........................................................................................6-27
Hydraulic Testing ........................................................................................................................6-29
Bleeding the Hydraulic System...................................................................................................6-32
Checking the Hydraulic Lines .....................................................................................................6-33
Hydraulic Schematic ...................................................................................................................6-34
GEAR DRIVE
Traction Drive Belt Replacement ..................................................................................................7-1
Traction Drive Belt Removal ..................................................................................................7-1
Traction Drive Belt Installation ...............................................................................................7-2
Gear Drive Idler Replacement ......................................................................................................7-4
Gear Drive Idler Removal ......................................................................................................7-4
Gear Drive Idler Installation ...................................................................................................7-6
Transmission Driven Pulley Replacement ....................................................................................7-7
Transmission Driven Pulley Removal ....................................................................................7-7
Transmission Driven Pulley Installation ...............................................................................7-10
Gear Drive Transmission Replacement ......................................................................................7-13
Gear Drive Transmission Removal ......................................................................................7-13
Gear Drive Transmission Installation ...................................................................................7-18
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual iii
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOWER DECKS
Mower Spindle Drive Belt Replacement .......................................................................................8-1
Mower Spindle Drive Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks) ............................8-1
Mower Spindle Drive Belt Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks) .........................8-2
Mower Spindle Drive Belt Removal (36” Mower Deck) ..........................................................8-4
Mower Spindle Drive Belt Installation (36” Mower Deck) .......................................................8-5
PTO Drive Belt Replacement .......................................................................................................8-6
PTO Drive Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks) .............................................8-6
PTO Drive Belt Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks) ..........................................8-7
PTO Drive Belt Removal (36” Mower Decks).........................................................................8-8
PTO Drive Belt Installation (36” Mower Decks)......................................................................8-9
Spindle Replacement and Service ............................................................................................. 8-11
Spindle Removal and Teardown .......................................................................................... 8-11
Spindle Rebuild and Installation ...........................................................................................8-14
Idler Arm Assembly Replacement...............................................................................................8-18
Idler Arm Assembly Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks) ....................................8-18
Idler Arm Assembly Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks) .................................8-22
Idler Arm Assembly Replacement (36” Mower Deck) .................................................................8-27
Idler Arm Assembly Removal (36” Mower Deck) .................................................................8-27
Idler Arm Assembly Installation (36” Mower Deck) ..............................................................8-28
Adjustable Baffl e Replacement ..................................................................................................8-30
Adjustable Baffl e Removal ...................................................................................................8-30
Adjustable Baffl e Installation ................................................................................................8-32
Discharge Baffl e Replacement ...................................................................................................8-34
Discharge Baffl e Removal ...................................................................................................8-34
Discharge Baffl e Installation ................................................................................................8-35
Fixed Baffl e Replacement ..........................................................................................................8-36
Fixed Baffl e Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks) ................................................8-36
Fixed Baffl e Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks) .............................................8-37
Fixed Baffl e Replacement (36” Mower Deck) .............................................................................8-38
Fixed Baffl e Removal (36” Mower Deck) .............................................................................8-38
Fixed Baffl e Installation (36” Mower Deck) ..........................................................................8-39
Skid Plate Replacement (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks) ..................................................8-39
Skid Plate Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Deck) ....................................................8-39
Skid Plate Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Deck) .................................................8-40
Skid Plate Replacement (36” Mower Deck)................................................................................8-41
Skid Plate Removal (36” Mower Deck) ................................................................................8-41
Skid Plate Installation (36” Mower Deck) .............................................................................8-42
Front & Rear Deck Hanger Replacement ...................................................................................8-43
Front Deck Hanger Removal ...............................................................................................8-43
Front Deck Hanger Installation ............................................................................................8-45
Rear Deck Hanger Removal ................................................................................................8-48
Rear Deck Hanger Installation .............................................................................................8-50
Anti-Scalp Roller Replacement...................................................................................................8-52
Single Anti-Scalp Roller Removal ........................................................................................8-52
Single Anti-Scalp Roller Installation .....................................................................................8-53
Double Anti-Scalp Roller Removal .......................................................................................8-54
Double Anti-Scalp Roller Installation ....................................................................................8-54
Grass Defl ector Service..............................................................................................................8-55
Grass Defl ector Removal .....................................................................................................8-55
Grass Defl ector Disassembly ...............................................................................................8-56
Grass Defl ector Assembly ....................................................................................................8-56
Grass Defl ector Installation ..................................................................................................8-58
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOWER DECKS cont.
Quick Latch Replacement ..........................................................................................................8-59
Quick Latch Removal ...........................................................................................................8-59
Quick Latch Installation ........................................................................................................8-60
Mower Deck Removal ..........................................................................................................8-61
Mower Deck Installation .......................................................................................................8-62
Checking the Engine Deck Height ..............................................................................................8-63
Checking the Carrier Frame Front-to-Rear Pitch........................................................................8-64
Checking the Carrier Frame Side-to-Side Height .......................................................................8-64
Checking the Mower Deck Front-to-Rear Pitch ..........................................................................8-65
Adjusting the Mower Deck Front-to-Rear Pitch ..........................................................................8-66
Checking the Mower Deck Side-to-Side Height .........................................................................8-66
Adjusting the Mower Deck Side-to-Side Height..........................................................................8-67
Matching the Height-of-Cut.........................................................................................................8-67
ELECTRICAL
Tools .............................................................................................................................................9-1
Components .................................................................................................................................9-1
Alternator ...............................................................................................................................9-1
On/Off Switch .........................................................................................................................9-1
Bail Switch .............................................................................................................................9-1
Single Pole Switch .................................................................................................................9-2
PTO Switch ............................................................................................................................9-2
Relay, Single Pole Dual Throw ...............................................................................................9-3
Ignition Switch ........................................................................................................................9-3
Wire Harness T-Bar, Gear Drive (104-8137) ..........................................................................9-4
PTO Switch ............................................................................................................................9-5
Delay Module .........................................................................................................................9-5
Clutch Power Supply Test Procedure:....................................................................................9-6
DC Mini Hour Meter ...............................................................................................................9-8
Proximity Switch .....................................................................................................................9-9
PTO Brake Clutch Assembly ..................................................................................................9-9
Wire Harness Pistol Grip (106-8780) ...................................................................................9-10
PTO Switch .......................................................................................................................... 9-11
Wire Harness T-2, Hydro (114-3418) ...................................................................................9-12
Wire Harness T-Bar, Hydro (114-3420) ................................................................................9-13
Normally Open Switch .........................................................................................................9-14
Normally Closed Switch .......................................................................................................9-14
Starter Solenoid ...................................................................................................................9-14
Operator Presence Control (OPC) Switch Replacement (T-Bar) ...............................................9-15
OPC Switch Removal (T-Bar) ..............................................................................................9-15
OPC Switch Installation (T-Bar) ...........................................................................................9-16
PTO Switch Replacement (T-Bar) ..............................................................................................9-18
PTO Switch Removal (T-Bar) ...............................................................................................9-18
PTO Switch Installation (T-Bar) ............................................................................................9-19
Ignition Switch Replacement (T-Bar) ..........................................................................................9-20
Ignition Switch Removal (T-Bar) ..........................................................................................9-20
Ignition Switch Installation (T-Bar) .......................................................................................9-21
Delay Module Replacement (T-Bar) ...........................................................................................9-23
Delay Module Removal (T-Bar) ............................................................................................9-23
Delay Module Installation (T-Bar) .........................................................................................9-24
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual v
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ELECTRICAL cont.
Parking Brake Switch Replacment (Pistol Grip & T-2) ................................................................9-26
Parking Brake Switch Removal (P.G. & T-2) ........................................................................9-26
Parking Brake Switch Installation (P.G. & T-2) .....................................................................9-27
Neutral Switch Replacement (Pistol Grip) ..................................................................................9-28
Neutral Switch Removal (P.G.).............................................................................................9-28
Neutral Switch Installation (P.G.)..........................................................................................9-29
PTO Switch Replacement (Electric Start) ...................................................................................9-31
PTO Switch Removal (Electric Start) ...................................................................................9-31
PTO Switch Installation (Electric Start) ................................................................................9-33
Operator Presence Control (OPC) Switch Replacement (Pistol Grip)........................................9-34
OPC Switch Removal (P.G.) ................................................................................................9-34
OPC Switch Installation (P.G.) .............................................................................................9-36
OPC Switch Position Adjustment (P.G.) ...............................................................................9-38
Hour Meter Replacement (Pistol Grip) .......................................................................................9-39
Hour Meter Removal (P.G.) ..................................................................................................9-39
Hour Meter Installation (P.G.) ...............................................................................................9-41
Ignition Switch Replacement (Pistol Grip) ..................................................................................9-43
Ignition Switch Removal (P.G.).............................................................................................9-43
Ignition Switch Installation (P.G.)..........................................................................................9-45
Kill Relay Replacement (Pistol Grip) ..........................................................................................9-47
Kill Relay Removal (P.G.) .....................................................................................................9-47
Kill Relay Installation (P.G.) ..................................................................................................9-47
Solenoid Switch Replacement (Pistol Grip & T-2) ......................................................................9-48
Solenoid Switch Removal (P.G. & T-2) .................................................................................9-48
Solenoid Switch Installation (P.G & T-2) ...............................................................................9-49
Operator Presence Control (OPC) Switch Replacement (T-2) ...................................................9-51
OPC Switch Removal (T-2) ..................................................................................................9-51
OPC Switch Installation (T-2) ...............................................................................................9-52
Latching Relay Replacement (T-2) .............................................................................................9-53
Latching Relay Removal (T-2) .............................................................................................9-53
Latching Relay Installation (T-2) ..........................................................................................9-54
Kill Relay Replacement (T-2) ......................................................................................................9-55
Kill Relay Removal (T-2) ......................................................................................................9-55
Kill Relay Installation (T-2) ...................................................................................................9-56
Proximity Neutral Switch Replacement (T-2) ..............................................................................9-56
Proximity Neutral Switch Removal (T-2) ..............................................................................9-56
Proximity Neutral Switch Installation (T-2) ...........................................................................9-57
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SAFETY
General Information
!
This symbol means WARNING or
PERSONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTION - read the instruction because it has to do with your safety. Failure to comply with the instruction may result in personal injury or even death.
This manual is intended as a service and repair manual only. The safety instructions provided herein are for troubleshooting, service, and repair of the Mid-
Size Walk Behind mower. The Mid-Size Walk Behind
Mower and attachment operator’s manuals contain safety information and operating tips for safe operating practices. Operator’s manuals are available through your
Toro parts source or:
1
The Toro Company
8111 Lyndale Avenue South
Bloomington, MN 55420
Think Safety First
Avoid unexpected starting of engine...
Always turn off the engine and disconnect the spark plug wire(s) before cleaning, adjusting, or repair.
Avoid lacerations and amputations...
Stay clear of all moving parts whenever the engine is running. Treat all normally moving parts as if they were moving whenever the engine is running or has the potential to start.
Avoid burns...
Do not touch the engine, muffl er, or other components which may increase in temperature during operation, while the unit is running or shortly after it has been running.
Avoid fi res and explosions...
Avoid spilling fuel and never smoke while working with any type of fuel or lubricant. Wipe up any spilled fuel or oil immediately. Never remove the fuel cap or add fuel when the engine is running. Always use approved, labeled containers for storing or transporting fuel and lubricants.
Avoid asphyxiation...
Never operate an engine in a confi ned area without proper ventilation.
Avoid injury from batteries...
Battery acid is poisonous and can cause burns. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing. Battery gases can explode. Deep cigarettes, sparks, and fl ames away from the battery.
Avoid injury due to inferior parts...
Use only original equipment parts to ensure that important safety criteria are met.
Avoid injury to bystanders...
Always clear the area of bystanders before starting or testing powered equipment.
Avoid injury due to projectiles...
Always clear the area of sticks, rocks, or any other debris that could be picked up and thrown by the powered equipment.
Avoid modifi cations...
Never alter or modify any part unless it is a factory approved procedure.
Avoid unsafe operation...
Always test the safety interlock system after making adjustments or repairs on the machine. Refer to the
Electrical section in this manual for more information.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 1-1
1
SAFETY
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
1-2 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
Fastener Identification
Recommended fastener torque values are listed in the following tables. For critical applications, as determined by Toro, either the recommended torque or a torque that is unique to the application is clearly identified and specified in the service manual.
These torque specifications for the installation and tightening of fasteners shall apply to all fasteners which do not have a specific requirement identified in the service manual. The following factors shall be considered when applying torque: cleanliness of the fastener, use of a thread sealant (Loctite), degree of lubrication on the fastener, presence of a prevailing torque feature, hardness of the surface underneath of the fastener’s head, or similar condition which affects the installation.
As noted in the following tables, torque values should be
reduced by 25% for lubricated fasteners
to achieve the similar stress as a dry fastener. Torque values may also have to be reduced when the fastener is threaded into aluminum or brass. The specific torque value should be determined based on the aluminum or brass material strength, fastener size, length of thread engagement, etc.
The standard method of verifying torque shall be performed by marking a line on the fastener (head or nut) and mating part, then back off fastener 1/4 of a turn. Measure the torque required to tighten the fastener until the lines match up.
Figure 1
Inch Series Bolts and Screws
(A) Grade 1 & 2
(B) Grade 5
(C) Grade 8
2
Figure 2
(A) Class 8.8
Metric Bolts and Screws
(B) Class 10.9
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 2-1
SPECIFICATIONS
2
Thread Size
# 6 - 32 UNC
# 6 - 40 UNF
# 8 - 32 UNC
# 8 - 36 UNF
# 10 - 24 UNC
#10 - 32 UNF
1/4 - 20 UNC
1/4 - 28 UNF
5/16 - 18 UNC
5/16 - 24 UNF
3/8 - 16 UNC
3/8 - 24 UNF
7/16 - 14 UNC
7/16 - 20 UNF
1/2 - 13 UNC
1/2 - 20 UNF
5/8 - 11 UNC
5/8 - 18 UNF
3/4 - 10 UNC
3/4 - 16 UNF
7/8 - 9 UNC
7/8 - 14 UNF
Grade 1, 5, &
8 with Thin
Height Nuts
SAE Grade 1 Bolts, Screws,
Studs, & Sems with Regular
Height Nuts (SAE J995
Grade 2 or Stronger Nuts)
SAE Grade 5 Bolts, Screws,
Studs, & Sems with Regular
Height Nuts (SAE J995
Grade 2 or Stronger Nuts)
SAE Grade 8 Bolts, Screws,
Studs, & Sems with Regular
Height Nuts (SAE J995
Grade 2 or Stronger Nuts)
In-lb In-lb N-cm
10 ± 2
13 ± 2
18 ± 2
48 ± 7
53 ± 7
115 ± 15
138 ± 17
ft-lb
16 ± 2
17 ± 2
27 ± 3
29 ± 3
30 ± 3
32 ± 3
65 ± 10
75 ± 10
93 ± 12
115 ± 15
140 ± 20
155 ± 25
13 ± 2
25 ± 5
30 ± 5
53 ± 7
65 ± 10
105 ± 15
128 ± 17
ft-lb
16 ± 2
18 ± 2
27 ± 3
29 ± 3
48 ± 7
53 ± 7
88 ± 12
95 ± 15
140 ± 20
165 ± 25
225 ± 25
260 ± 30
147 ± 23
282 ± 30
339 ± 56
599 ± 79
734 ± 113
1186 ± 169
1446 ± 192
N-m
22 ± 3
24 ± 3
37 ± 4
39 ± 4
65 ± 9
72 ± 9
119 ± 16
129 ± 20
190 ± 27
224 ± 34
305 ± 34
353 ± 41
In-lb
15 ± 2
17 ± 2
29 ± 3
31 ± 3
42 ± 4
48 ± 4
100 ± 10
115 ± 10
200 ± 25
225 ± 25
ft-lb
30 ± 3
35 ± 3
50 ± 5
55 ± 5
75 ± 8
85 ± 8
150 ± 15
170 ± 15
265 ± 25
300 ± 25
430 ± 45
475 ± 45
N-cm
169 ± 23
190 ± 20
330 ± 30
350 ± 30
475 ± 45
540 ± 45
1125 ± 100
1300 ± 100
2250 ± 280
2540 ± 280
N-m
41 ± 4
47 ± 4
68 ± 7
75 ± 7
102 ± 11
115 ± 11
203 ± 20
230 ± 20
359 ± 34
407 ± 34
583 ± 61
644 ± 61
In-lb
23 ± 2
25 ± 2
41 ± 4
43 ± 4
60 ± 6
68 ± 6
140 ± 15
160 ± 15
300 ± 30
325 ± 30
ft-lb
43 ± 4
50 ± 4
70 ± 7
77 ± 7
105 ± 10
120 ± 10
210 ± 20
240 ± 20
374 ± 35
420 ± 35
600 ± 60
660 ± 60
N-cm
260 ± 34
280 ± 20
460 ± 45
31 ± 3
674 ± 70
765 ± 70
1580 ± 170
1800 ± 170
3390 ± 340
3670 ± 340
N-m
58 ± 5
68 ± 5
68 ± 9
104 ± 9
142 ± 14
163 ± 14
285 ± 27
325 ± 27
508 ± 47
569 ± 47
813 ± 81
895 ± 81
Note:
Reduce torque values listed in the table above by 25% for lubricated fasteners. Lubricated fasteners are defined as threads coated with a lubricant such as oil, graphite, or thread sealant such as Loctite.
Note:
Torque values may have to be reduced when installing fasteners into threaded aluminum or brass.
The specific torque value should be determined based on the fastener size, the aluminum or base material strength, length of thread engagement, etc.
Note:
The nominal torque values listed above for
Grade 5 and 8 fasteners are based on 75% of the minimum proof load specified in SAE J429. The tolerance is approximately ± 10% of the nominal torque value. Thin height nuts include jam nuts.
2-2 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
Note:
Thread Size
M5 X 0.8
M6 X 1.0
M8 X 1.25
M10 X 1.5
M12 X 1.75
M16 X 2.0
M20 X 2.5
Class 8.8 Bolts, Screws, and Studs with
Regular Height Nuts
(Class 8 or Strong Nuts)
57 ± 5 in-lb 644 ± 68 N-cm
96 ± 10 in-lb
19 ± 2 ft-lb
38 ± 4 ft-lb
66 ± 7 ft-lb
166 ± 15 ft-lb
325 ± 33 ft-lb
1085 ± 113 N-cm
26 ± 3 N-m
52 ± 5 N-m
90 ± 10 N-m
225 ± 23 N-m
440 ± 45 N-m
Reduce torque values listed in the table above by 25% for lubricated fasteners. Lubricated fasteners are defined as threads coated with a lubricant such as oil, graphite, or thread sealant such as Loctite.
Note:
Torque values may have to be reduced when installing fasteners into threaded aluminum or brass.
The specific torque value should be determined based on the fastener size, the aluminum or base material strength, length of thread engagement, etc.
Class 10.9 Bolts, Screws, and Studs with
Regular Height Nuts (
Class 10 or Strong Nuts)
78 ± 8 in-lb 881 ± 90 N-cm
133 ± 14 in-lb
28 ± 3 ft-lb
54 ± 6 ft-lb
93 ± 10 ft-lb
229 ± 23 ft-lb
450 ± 36 ft-lb
1503 ± 158 N-cm
38 ± 4 N-m
73 ± 8 N-m
126 ± 14 N-m
310 ± 31 N-m
610 ± 62 N-m
Note:
The nominal torque values listed above are based on 75% of the minimum proof load specified in
SAE J1199. The tolerance is approximately ± 10% of the nominal torque value. Thin height nuts include jam nuts.
2
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 2-3
SPECIFICATIONS
2
SAE Grade 8 Steel Set Screws
Thread Size
1/4 - 20 UNC
5/16 - 18 UNC
3/8 - 16 UNC
1/2 - 13 UNC
Recommended Torque
Square Head
140 ± 20 in-lb
Hex Socket
73 ± 12 in-lb
215 ± 35 in-lb
35 ± 10 ft-lb
75 ± 15 ft-lb
145 ± 20 in-lb
18 ± 3 ft-lb
50 ± 10 ft-lb
Thread Cutting Screws
(Zinc Plated Steel)
Type 1, Type 23, or Type F
Thread Size
No. 6 - 32 UNC
Baseline Torque*
20 ± 5 in-lb
No. 8 - 32 UNC
No.10 - 24 UNC
1/4 - 20 UNC
5/16 - 18 UNC
3/8 - 16 UNC
30 ± 5 in-lb
38 ± 7 in-lb
85 ± 15 in-lb
110 ± 20 in-lb
200 ± 100 in-lb
Conversion Factors
in-lb X 11.2985 = N-cm ft-lb X 1.3558 = N-m
Wheel Bolts and Lug Nuts
Thread Size
7/16 - 20 UNF
Grade 5
1/2 - 20 UNF
Grade 5
M12 X 1.25
Class 8.8
Recommended Torque**
65 ± 10 ft-lb
80 ± 10 ft-lb
80 ± 10 ft-lb
88 ± 14 N-m
108 ± 14 N-m
108 ± 14 N-m
M12 X 1.5
Class 8.8
80 ± 10 ft-lb 108 ± 14 N-m
** For steel wheels and non-lubricated fasteners.
Thread Cutting Screws
(Zinc Plated Steel)
Thread
Size
No. 6
No. 8
Threads per Inch
Type A Type B
18
15
20
18
Baseline Torque*
20 ± 5 in-lb
30 ± 5 in-lb
No. 10
12 16 38 ± 7 in-lb
No. 12
11 14 85 ± 15 in-lb
* Hole size, material strength, material thickness and finish must be considered when determining specific torque values. All torque values are based on nonlubricated fasteners.
N-cm X - 0.08851 = in-lb
N-cm X 0.73776 = ft-lb
2-4 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
Fractions
1/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
1/32
3/32
5/32
7/32
9/32
11/32
13/32
15/32
Decimal and Millimeter Equivalents
Fractions Decimals
1/64
3/64
5/64
0.015625
0.03125
0.046875
0.0625
0.078125
0.9375
0.1250
0.140625
9/64
11/64
0.15625
0.171875
0.1875
13/64 0.203125
0.21875
15/64 0.234375
0.2500
17/64 0.265625
0.28125
19/64 0.296875
0.3125
21/64 0.328125
0.34375
23/64 0.359375
0.3750
25/64 0.390625
0.40625
27/64 0.421875
0.4375
29/64 0.453125
0.46875
31/64 0.484375
0.5000
1 mm = 0.03937 in.
mm
10.319
10.716
11.112
11.509
11.906
12.303
12.700
7.144
7.541
7.541
8.334
8.731
9.128
9.525
9.922
3.969
4.366
4.762
5.159
5.556
5.953
6.350
6.747
0.397
0.794
1.191
1.588
1.984
2.381
3.175
3.572
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
15/16
1
16/32
19/32
21/32
23/32
25/32
27/32
29/32
31/32
Decimals
33/64
35/64
37/64
41/64
43/64
45/64
47/64
49/64
51/64
53/64
55/64
57/64
0.78125
0.796875
0.8125
0.828125
0.84375
0.859375
0.8750
0.890625
59/64
61/64
0.90625
0.921875
0.9375
0.953125
63/64
0.96875
0.984375
1.000
0.001 in. = 0.0254 mm
0.515625
0.53125
0.546875
0.5625
0.578125
0.59375
0.6250
0.640625
0.65625
0.671875
0.6875
0.703125
0.71875
0.734375
0.7500
0.765625
mm
23.019
23.416
23.812
24.209
24.606
25.003
25.400
19.844
20.241
20.638
21.034
21.431
21.828
22.225
22.622
16.669
17.066
17.462
17.859
18.256
18.653
19.050
19.447
13.097
13.484
13.891
14.288
14.684
15.081
15.875
16.272
2
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 2-5
SPECIFICATIONS
2
U.S. to Metric Conversions
U.S. to Metric Conversions
Linear
Measurement
To Convert
Miles
Yards
Feet
Feet
Inches
Inches
Inches
Into
Kilometers
Meters
Meters
Centimeters
Meters
Centimeters
Millimeters
Area
Volume
Weight
Pressure
Work
Liquid Volume
Liquid Flows
Square Miles
Square Feet
Square Inches
Acre
Cubic Yards
Cubic Feet
Cubic Inches
Tons (Short)
Pounds
Ounces
Pounds/Sq. In.
Foot-pounds
Foot-pounds
Inch-pounds
Quarts
Gallons
Gallons/Minute
Fahrenheit
Square Kilometers
Square Meters
Square Centimeters
Hectare
Cubic Meters
Cubic Meters
Cubic Centimeters
Metric Tons
Kilograms
Grams
Kilopascal
Newton-Meters
Kilogram-Meters
Kilogram-Centimeters
Liters
Liters
Liters/Minute
Celsius
Temperature
Multiply By
1.609
0.9144
0.3048
30.48
0.0254
2.54
25.4
2.59
0.0929
6.452
0.4047
0.7646
0.02832
16.39
0.9078
0.4536
28.3495
6.895
1.356
0.1383
1.152144
0.9463
3.785
3.785
1. Subtract 32°
2. Multiply by 5/9
2-6 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydro with Pistol Grip Controls
Models:
Model
30284
30286
30288
30289
30280
Engine
17 hp Kawasaki
17 hp Kawasaki
19 hp Kawasaki
19 hp Kawasaki
23 hp Kawasaki
Deck
36”
40”
48”
52”
60”
Engines:
Output (Max. @ 3600 RPM)
Make
Model
Hi-Idle
Starter
17 hp (12.7 kW) 19 hp (14.2 kW) 23 hp (17.2 kW)
Kawasaki
FH541V
3600 rpm
Electric
Oil Capacity
3.8 pint (1.8L)
Kawasaki
FH580V
3600 rpm
Electric
3.8 pint (1.8L)
Kawasaki
FH680V
3600 rpm
Electric
4.0 pint (1.9L)
Fuel System:
4.8 gallons (18 liters) fuel tank capacity
Traction Drives:
Traction Control:
Hydraulic Pump:
Hydraulic Wheel Motor:
Hydraulic Oil Filter:
Hydraulic Fluid:
Hydraulic Fluid Capacity:
Parking Brake:
Toro Pistol Grip Control System
Two Hydro-Gear Model PG
Two Parker TEO-195 / Model 30280: Parker TEO-230
10 Micron Automotive Spin-On Type
Synthetic, 15w50
2.1 quarts (1.9 liters)
Standard equipment
Ground Speed: (MPH/kmh)
Variable, 0 to 6.35 MPH (10kmh) Fwd / 0 to 2.5 (4kmh) Rev
Hourmeter with Service Indicator
Standard equipment
2
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 2-7
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydro with Pistol Grip Controls cont.
2
Wheels and Tires:
Front Castor Tires:
9x3.5-4, 4 ply, smooth tread, semi-pneumatic with needle bearings and grease fi ttings /
Model 30280: 11x4.0-5 smooth tread, semi-pneumatic with tapered roller bearings
Front Castor Fork:
Heavy-duty commercial design with 1-1/8” (2.8cm) diameter pivot shaft. The pivot hubs have grease fi tting for lubrication. Model 30280: 1” (2.5cm) diameter pivot shaft. The pivot hubs have tapered roller bearings and access for lubrication.
Rear Traction Tires:
17 hp - 16x6.50-8, 4 ply with Turf Traction Tread
23 hp - 16x7.50-8, 4 ply with Turf Traction Tread
19 hp - 18x8.50-10, 4 ply with Turf Traction Tread
Mower Drive:
Mower Engagement:
Engine mounted electric clutch
Clutch Adjustment:
Periodic air gap adjustment required - .018” + .003” (0.45 + 0.0762mm)
PTO Drive Belt:
PTO Idler:
Deck Drive Belt:
Deck Drive Idler:
HB section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and dry clutching envelope
Spring loaded pivot hub with grease fi tting for lubrication / 36” deck includes additional fi xed idler.
HA section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and standard (non-clutching) envelope
Spring loaded / 36” decks have non-greaseable pivot hub
40”, 48” and 52” have pivot hub with grease fi tting for lubrication
Mower Decks:
HOC Range:
Blades:
Spindles:
Spindle Housing:
Bearings:
Construction:
1” (2.5cm) to 4.50” (11cm) in 1/4” (0.6cm) increments
36” - two .250” (6.3mm) thick heat treated steel blades
40”, 48” and 52” - three .250” (6.3mm) thick heat treated steel blades
Machined steel 1.00” (25mm) diameter shaft
Ductile cast iron 9-3/8” (24cm) diameter mounted with six bolts
Sealed ball bearings permanently lubricated with high temperature grease
7 gauge (.179 inch (4.5mm)) steel welded construction.
Blade Tip Speed: (Domestic)
36” - 18,420 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
40” - 18,278 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
48” - 18,503 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
52” - 18,420 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
60” - 18,271 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
Anti-Scalp Rollers:
36” - 2 front mounted
40” - 3 front mounted
48” - 3 front mounted (optional 2 rear mounted)
52” & 60” - 3 front mounted, 2 rear mounted
Skid Plate:
Standard
Adjustable Discharge Baffl e:
Standard
Rubber Discharge Chute:
Standard
2-8 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydro with Pistol Grip Controls cont.
Unit Dimensions:
Model No.
30284
30286
30288
30289
30280
Height*
41.5” (105cm)
41.5” (105cm)
41.5” (105cm)
41.5” (105cm)
41.5” (105cm)
*With handle height in lowest position
**Estimated operating weight
Width Defl ector
Down
51.1” (130cm)
55.5” (141cm)
63.5” (161cm)
67.6” (171cm)
75.6” (192cm)
Width Defl ector
Raised
37.2” (94cm)
41.6” (105cm)
49.6” (126cm)
53.7” (136cm)
61.8” (157cm)
Length*
84.5” (214cm)
81.3” (206cm)
83.8” (213cm)
83.8” (213cm)
85.7” (217cm)
Weight**
677 lbs. (302kg)
677 lbs. (302kg)
692 lbs. (314kg)
731 lbs. (331kg)
780 lbs. (354kg)
2
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 2-9
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydro with T-2 Controls
2
Models:
Model
30494
30496
30498
30499
Engine
17 HP Kawasaki
17 HP Kawasaki
19 HP Kawasaki
19 HP Kawasaki
Engines:
Output (Max. @ 3600 RPM)
Make
Model
Hi-Idle
Starter
17 HP (12.7 kW) 19 HP (14.2 kW)
Kawasaki
FH541V
3600 rpm
Electric
Oil Capacity
3.8 pint (1.8L)
Kawasaki
FH580V
3600 rpm
Electric
3.8 pint (1.8L)
Fuel System:
4.8 gallons (18 liters) fuel tank capacity
Deck
36”
40”
48”
52”
Traction Drives:
Traction Control:
Hydraulic Pump:
Hydraulic Wheel Motor:
Hydraulic Oil Filter:
Toro T2 Control System
Two Hydro-Gear Model PG
Two Parker TEO-195
10 micron automotive spin-on type
Hydraulic Fluid:
Hydraulic Fluid Capacity:
Parking Brake:
Ground Speed: (MPH/kmh)
Synthetic, 15w50
2.1 quarts (1.9 liters)
Standard equipment
Variable, 0 to 6.1 mph (9.8kmh) Fwd / 0 to 2.5 mph (4kmh) Rev
Hourmeter with Service Indicator
Standard equipment
Wheels and Tires:
Front Castors Tires:
9x3.5-4, 4 ply, smooth tread, semi-pneumatic with needle bearings and grease fi ttings
Front Castors Fork:
Heavy-duty commercial design with 1-1/8” (2.8cm) diameter pivot shaft. The pivot hubs have grease fi tting for lubrication.
Rear Traction Tires:
17 hp - 16x6.50-8, 4 ply with turf traction tread.
19 hp - 16x7.50-8, 4 ply with turf traction tread.
2-10 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
Hydro with T-2 Controls cont.
Mower Drive:
Mower Engagement:
Engine mounted electric clutch
Clutch Adjustment:
Periodic air gap adjustment required - .018” + .003” (0.45 + 0.0762mm)
PTO Drive Belt:
HB section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and dry clutching envelope
PTO Idler:
Deck Drive Belt:
Deck Drive Idler:
Spring loaded pivot hub with grease fi tting for lubrication / 36” deck includes additional fi xed idler
HA section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and standard (non-clutching) envelope
Spring loaded / 36” decks have non-greaseable pivot hub
40”, 48” and 52” have pivot hub with grease fi tting for lubrication
Mower Decks:
HOC Range:
Blades:
1” (2.5cm) to 4.50” (11cm) in 1/4” (0.6cm) increments
36” - two .250” (6.3mm) thick heat treated steel blades
40”, 48” and 52” - three .250” (6.3mm) thick heat treated steel blades
Spindles:
Spindle Housing:
Bearings:
Construction:
Machined steel 1.00” (25mm) diameter shaft
Ductile cast iron, 9-3/8” (24cm) diameter mounted with six bolts
Sealed ball bearings permanently lubricated with high temperature grease
7 gauge (.179 inch (4.5mm)) steel welded construction
Blade Tip Speed: (Domestic)
36” - 18,420 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
40” - 18,278 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
48” - 18,503 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
52” - 18,420 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
Anti-Scalp Rollers:
36” - 2 front mounted
40” - 3 front mounted
48” - 3 front mounted (optional 2 rear mounted)
52” - 3 front mounted, 2 rear mounted
Skid Plate:
Standard
Adjustable Discharge Baffl e:
Standard
Rubber Discharge Chute:
Standard
Unit Dimensions:
Model No.
30494
30496
30498
30499
* Estimated operating weight
Height
46” (117cm)
46” (117cm)
46” (117cm)
46” (117cm)
Width Defl ector
Down
51.1” (130cm)
55.5” (141cm)
63.5” (161cm)
67.6” (171cm)
Width Defl ector
Raised
37.2” (94cm)
41.6” (105cm)
49.6” (126cm)
53.7” (136cm)
Length
78.5” (199cm)
75.3” (191cm)
77.8” (198cm)
77.8” (198cm)
Weight*
667 lbs. (302kg)
667 lbs. (302kg)
682 lbs. (309kg)
721 lbs. (327kg)
2
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 2-11
SPECIFICATIONS
Gear with T-Bar Controls
2
Models:
Model
30092
30094
30096
30098
30099
Engine
15 hp Kawasaki
15 hp Kawasaki
15 hp Kawasaki
17 hp Kawasaki
17 hp Kawasaki
Engines:
Output (Max. @ 3600 RPM)
15 HP (11.2 kW)
Kawasaki
17 HP (12.7 kW)
Kawasaki
Make
Model
Hi-Idle
FH430V
3600 rpm
3200 rpm (30092)
Starter
Recoil
Oil Capacity
3.8 pint (1.8L)
FH541V
3600 rpm
Recoil
3.8 pint (1.8L)
Fuel System:
4.8 gallons (18 liters) fuel tank capacity
Deck
32”
36”
40”
48”
52”
Traction Drives:
Traction Control:
Toro T-Bar Control System
Transmission:
Peerless 700-070A, 5 speed forward / 1 reverse
Transmission Output Shaft:
Heavy-duty with 9 tooth spline
Axle:
Traction Drive Belt:
Wheel Hub Bearing:
Ground Speed: (mph/kmh)
Parking Brake:
1” (2.5cm) heavy-duty axle
Two “A” section banded design
Tapered roller bearings
(36” 40” 48” 52”) 1st - 2 mph (3.2kmh) / 2nd - 2.6 mph (4.1kmh) / 3rd - 3.4 mph
(5.4kmh) / 4th - 4.1 mph (6.5kmh) / 5th - 6.1 mph (9.8kmh) forward / 3 mph
(4.8kmh) reverse
(32”) 1st - 0.9 mph (1.4kmh) / 2nd - 2.1 mph (3.3kmh) / 3rd - 3.4 mph (5.4kmh) /
4th - 4.3 mph (6.9kmh) / 5th - 5 mph (8kmh) forward / 2.5 mph (4kmh) reverse
Two wheel band type standard
2-12 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
Gear with T-Bar Controls cont.
Wheels and Tires:
Front Castor Tires:
Front Castor Fork:
Rear Traction Tires:
9x3.5-4, 4 ply smooth tread, semi-pneumatic with needle bearings and grease fi ttings
Heavy-duty commercial design with 1-1/8” (2.8cm) diameter pivot shaft. The pivot hubs have grease fi tting for lubrication.
15 hp - 16x6.50-8, 4 ply with turf traction tread
17 hp - 16x6.50-8, 4 ply with turf traction tread
Mower Drive:
Mower Engagement:
Engine mounted electric clutch
Clutch Adjustment:
Periodic air gap adjustment required - .018” + .003” (0.45 + 0.0762mm)
PTO Drive Belt:
PTO Idler:
Deck Drive Belt:
Deck Drive Idler:
HB section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and dry clutching envelope
Spring loaded pivot hub with grease fi tting for lubrication / 36” deck includes additional fi xed idler
HA section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and standard (non-clutching) envelope
Spring loaded / 36” decks have non-greaseable pivot hub
40”, 48” and 52” have pivot hub with grease fi tting for lubrication
Mower Decks:
HOC Range:
Blades:
(32”) 2” (5cm) to 5” (13cm) in 1/2” (1.27cm) increments
(36”, 40”, 48”, 52”) 1” (2.5cm) to 4.50” (11cm) in 1/4” (0.6cm) increments
32” - One .188” (4.7mm) thick heat treated steel blade
36” - Two .250” (6.3mm) thick heat treated steel blades
40”, 48” and 52” - Three .250” (6.3mm) thick heat treated steel blades
Machined steel 1.00” (25mm) diameter shaft
Ductile cast iron 9-3/8” (24cm) diameter mounted with six bolts
Spindles:
Spindle Housing:
Bearings:
Construction:
Sealed ball bearings permanently lubricated with high temperature grease
(32”) 12 gauge (.104” (2.77mm)) stamped steel
(36”, 40”, 48”, 52”) 7 gauge (.179” (4.5mm)) steel welded construction
Blade Tip Speed: (Domestic)
32” - 17,942 ft/m calculated @ 3300 engine rpm
36” - 18,420 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
40” - 18,278 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
48” - 18,503 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
52” - 18,420 ft/m calculated @ 3600 engine rpm
Anti-Scalp Rollers:
32” - None
36” - 2 front mounted
40” - 3 front mounted
48” - 3 front mounted (optional 2 rear mounted)
52” - 3 front mounted, 2 rear mounted
Skid Plate:
(36”, 40”, 48”, 52”) Standard
Adjustable Discharge Baffl e:
(36”, 40”, 48” ,52”) Standard
Rubber Discharge Chute:
(36”, 40”, 48”, 52”) Standard
2
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 2-13
SPECIFICATIONS
2
Gear with T-Bar Controls cont.
Unit Dimensions:
Model No.
30092
30094
30096
30098
30099
Height*
43.5” (110cm)
41.2” (105cm)
41.2” (105cm)
41.2” (105cm)
41.2” (105cm)
* With handle height in lowest position
** Estimated operating weight
Width Defl ector
Down
42” (107cm)
51.1” (130cm)
55.5” (141cm)
63.5” (161cm)
67.6” (172cm)
Width Defl ector
Raised
32” (81cm)
37.2” (94cm)
41.6” (106cm)
49.6” (126cm)
53.7” (136cm)
Length*
73” (185cm)
Weight**
388 lbs. (176kg)
82.7” (210cm) 588 lbs. (267kg)
79.5” (202cm) 596 lbs. (270kg)
82” (208cm)
82” (208cm)
649 lbs. (294kg)
684 lbs. (310kg)
2-14 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
International Hydro with T-Bar (T2) Controls
Models:
Model Engine
30032 (CE) 15 hp Kawasaki
Deck
91cm
Engine:
Output (Max. @ 3600 rpm)
Make
Model
Hi-Idle
Starter
15 HP (11.2 kW)
Kawasaki
FH430Y
2900 RPM
Recoil
Oil Capacity
3.8 Pint (1.8L)
Fuel System:
4.8 Gallons (18 liters) fuel tank capacity
Traction Drives:
Traction Control:
Hydraulic Pump:
Hydraulic Wheel Motor:
Hydraulic Oil Filter:
Toro “T2” Control System
Two Hydro-Gear Model PG
Two Parker TEO-195
10 micron automotive spin-on type
Hydraulic Fluid:
Hydraulic Fluid Capacity:
Parking Brake:
Synthetic, 15w50
2.1 quarts (1.9 liters)
Standard equipment
Ground Speed: (kmh)
Variable, 0 to 9.8kmh fwd / 0 to 4kmh rev
Hourmeter with Service Indicator
Standard equipment
Wheels and Tires:
Front Castors Tires:
9x3.5-4, 4 ply, smooth tread, semi-pneumatic with needle bearings and grease fi ttings
Front Castors Fork:
Heavy-duty commercial design with 1-1/8” (2.8cm) diameter pivot shaft. The pivot hubs have grease fi tting for lubrication.
Rear Traction Tires:
15 hp - 16x6.50-8, 4 ply with turf traction tread
2
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 2-15
SPECIFICATIONS
International Hydro with T-Bar (T2) Controls cont.
2
Mower Drive:
Mower Engagement:
Engine mounted electric clutch
Clutch Adjustment:
Periodic air gap adjustment required - .018” + .003” (0.45 + 0.0762mm)
PTO Drive Belt:
HB section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and dry clutching envelope
PTO Idler:
Spring loaded pivot hub with grease fi tting for lubrication / 91cm (36”) deck includes additional fi xed idler.
Deck Drive Belt:
Deck Drive Idler:
HA section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and standard (non-clutching) envelope
Spring loaded / 91cm (36”) decks have non-greaseable pivot hub
Mower Decks:
HOC Range:
Blades:
Spindles:
Spindle Housing:
Bearings:
Construction:
Blade Tip Speed:
Anti-Scalp Rollers:
Skid Plate:
1” (2.5cm) to 4.50” (11cm) in 1/4” (0.6cm) increments
Two .250” (6.3mm) thick heat treated steel blades
Machined steel 1.00” (25mm) diameter shaft
Ductile cast iron, 9-3/8” (24cm) diameter mounted with six bolts
Sealed ball bearings permanently lubricated with high temperature grease
7 gauge (.179” (4.5mm)) steel welded construction
21,070 ft/m calculated @ 2900 engine rpm
2 front mounted
Standard
Adjustable Discharge Baffl e:
Standard
Rubber Discharge Chute:
Unit Dimensions:
Standard
Model No.
30032
Height
46” (117cm)
Width Defl ector
Down
51.1” (130cm)
Width Defl ector
Raised
37.2” (94cm)
Length
78.5” (199cm)
Weight*
667 lbs. (302kg)
*Estimated operating weight
2-16 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
International Gear with T-Bar Controls
Models:
Model Engine
30031 (CE) 15 hp Kawasaki
Deck
91cm
Engines:
Output (Max. @ 2900 RPM)
Make
Model
Hi-Idle
Starter
15 HP (11.2 kW)
Kawasaki
FV430V
2900 RPM
Recoil
Oil Capacity
3.8 pints (1.8L)
Fuel System:
4.8 gallons (18 liters) fuel tank capacity
Traction Drives:
Traction Control:
Transmission:
Toro T-Bar Control System
Peerless 700-070A, 5 speed forward / 1 reverse
Transmission Output Shaft:
Heavy duty with 9 tooth spline
Axle:
1” heavy-duty axle
Traction Drive Belt:
Wheel Hub Bearing:
Ground Speed: (kmh)
Parking Brake:
Two “A” section banded design
Tapered roller bearings
1st - 3.2kmh / 2nd - 4.1kmh / 3rd - 5.4kmh / 4th - 6.5kmh / 5th - 9.8kmh fwd
4.8kmh rev
Two wheel band type standard
Wheels and Tires:
Front Castors Tires:
9x3.5-4, 4 ply, smooth tread, semi pneumatic with needle bearings and grease fi ttings
Front Castors Fork:
Heavy-duty commercial design with 1-1/8” (2.8cm) diameter pivot shaft. The pivot hubs have grease fi tting for lubrication.
Rear Traction Tires:
15 hp - 16x6.50-8, 4 ply with turf traction tread
2
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 2-17
SPECIFICATIONS
International Gear with T-Bar Controls cont.
2
Mower Drive:
Mower Engagement:
Engine mounted electric clutch
Clutch Adjustment:
Periodic air gap adjustment required - .018” + .003” (0.45 + 0.0762mm)
PTO Drive Belt:
HB section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and dry clutching envelope
PTO Idler:
Spring loaded pivot hub with grease fi tting for lubrication / 91cm deck includes additional fi xed idler
Deck Drive Belt:
Deck Drive Idler:
HA section with Aramid (Kevlar) cords and standard (non-clutching) envelope
Spring loaded / 91cm decks have non-greaseable pivot hub
Mower Decks:
HOC Range:
Blades:
Spindles:
Spindle Housing:
Bearings:
Construction:
1” (2.5cm) to 4.50” (11cm) in 1/4” (0.6cm) increments
Two .250” (6.3mm) thick heat treated steel blades
Machined steel 1.00” (2.5cm) diameter shaft
Ductile cast iron, 9-3/8” (24cm) diameter mounted with six bolts
Sealed ball bearings permanently lubricated with high temperature grease
7 gauge (.179” (4.5mm)) steel welded construction
Blade Tip Speed: (Domestic)
91cm - 12,070 ft/m calculated @ 2900 engine rpm
Anti-Scalp Rollers:
Skid Plate:
91cm - 2 front mounted
Standard
Adjustable Discharge Baffl e:
Standard
Rubber Discharge Chute:
Standard
Rubber Discharge Chute:
Standard
Unit Dimensions:
Model No.
30031 (CE)
Height*
41.2” (105cm)
*With handle height in lowest position
**Estimated operating weight
Width Defl ector
Down
51.1” (130cm)
Width Defl ector
Raised
37.2” (94cm)
Length*
82.7” (210cm)
Weight**
598 lbs. (271kg)
2-18 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
Electric Clutch Replacment
Electric Clutch Removal
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Turn the engine off and remove the key.
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Move the negative battery terminal boot and disconnect the negative (black) battery cable from the battery (Fig. 0001).
5. Unplug the clutch lead from the harness connector
(Fig. 0002).
3
Fig 0002
PICT-0548a
6. Push the grommet and clutch plug through the frame to the underside of the machine (Fig. 0003).
Fig 0001
PICT-0250
Fig 0003
PICT-0277
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-1
CHASSIS
7. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0004).
9. Raise the machine so that the underside of the chassis can be accessed.
10. Remove the trailing shield from the chassis by fi rst removing the left end of the shield rod (bent at a 45 degree angle) from the hole in the frame and then remove the right side of the shield rod (bent at 90 degree angle) from the right side of the frame (Fig.
0006).
3
Fig 0004
PICT-0546
8. Roll the PTO drive belt off the center pulley on the mower deck (Fig. 0005).
Fig 0006
PICT-0273
11. Remove the PTO idler arm spring from the spring post (Fig. 0007).
3-2
Fig 0005
PICT-0281
Fig 0007
PICT-0291a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
12. Remove the belt from the clutch (Fig. 0008).
CHASSIS
14. Loosen the clutch bolt (Fig. 0010).
Fig 0008
PICT-0294
Fig 0010
PICT-0297a
13. Remove the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer securing the brake clutch strap to the underside of the frame (Fig. 0009).
15. Remove the bolt, 2 spring washers and fl at washer securing the clutch to the drive shaft. Lower the clutch off the drive shaft (Fig. 0011).
3
Fig 0009
PICT-0295
Fig 0011
PICT-0299
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-3
CHASSIS
3
16. Remove the rubber grommet from the clutch wire
(Fig. 0012).
Fig 0012
PICT-0551a
Clutch Burnishing Procedure
Note: This procedure needs to be done only when installing a new clutch.
The clutch should be burnished as part of the predelivery service, or whenever a new clutch is installed.
Burnishing polishes the clutch plate, allowing for smooth clutch engagement.
With deck drive belt installed, run the engine at half throttle. Engage and disengage the mower 5 times (10 seconds on/10 seconds off).
Increase engine RPM to 3/4 to full throttle. Engage and disengage mower 5 times (10 seconds on/10 seconds off).
Check the clutch air gap and adjust as needed. Refer to
“Electric Clutch Installation” following.
17. Remove the bolt, nut and washers securing the brake clutch strap to the clutch (Fig. 0013).
Electric Clutch Installation
1. Using a feeler gauge, check the clutch air gap at each of the 3 adjustment slots. The gap should be between 0.015” - 0.021” (0.381 - 0.533mm). Make sure the gauge is inserted between the armature and the rotor friction surfaces. Adjust the clutch as necessary (Fig. 0014).
3-4
Fig 0013
PICT-0553
Fig 0014
PICT-0554
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
2. Assemble the bolt, washers, nut and strap into the slotted opening on the clutch as shown. Before tightening, move the strap fastener assembly to the outer-most end of the slot and tighten (Fig. 0015).
4. Apply thread locking compound to the clutch bolt
(Fig. 0017).
Fig 0017
PICT-0352a
Fig 0015
PICT-0557
3. Install the 2 cupped washers (crown side facing the bolt head) and 1 fl at washer onto the clutch bolt (Fig.
0016).
5. Apply anti-sieze compound to the engine crankshaft.
Slide the electric clutch onto the crankshaft (Fig.
0018).
3
Fig 0016
PICT-0351a
Fig 0018
PICT-0354a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-5
CHASSIS
6. Install the clutch bolt assembly (Fig. 0019).
8. Install the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer securing the brake clutch strap to the underside of the frame
(Fig. 0021).
3
Fig 0019
PICT-0355a
Fig 0021
PICT-0361
7. Torque the clutch bolt to 55 + 5 ft-lbs. (75 + 7 Nm)
(Fig. 0020).
9. Feed the cutch harness plug up through the frame
(Fig. 0022).
Fig 0020
PICT-0356a
Fig 0022
PICT-0362
3-6 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
10. Install the rubber grommet into the frame opening
(Fig. 0023).
CHASSIS
Note: Ensure the PTO drive belt is routed properly around the mower deck pulley(s). Refer to belt routing decal (Fig. 0025 and Fig. 0026).
36” mower deck belt routing:
Fig 0023
PICT-0363
11. Route the PTO drive belt around the clutch. (Fig.
0024).
Fig 0025
fi g. 104-8185
40”, 48” and 52” mower deck belt routing:
Note: On 48” decks leave the belt off of the center mower deck pulley.
3
Fig 0024
PICT-0364a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0026
fi g. 104-8186
3-7
CHASSIS
12. Install the PTO idler arm spring to the spring post
(Fig. 0027).
14. Lower the machine.
15. Roll the PTO drive belt onto the center mower deck pulley (Fig. 0029).
3
Fig 0027
PICT-0367
Fig 0029
PICT-0281
13. Install the trailing shield into the frame by fi rst inserting the right side of the trailing shield rod (bent at a 90 degree angle) into the hole in the right side of the frame and then insert the left end of the trailing shield rod (bent at a 45 degree angle) into the hole in the left side of the frame (Fig. 0028).
16. Replace the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0030).
3-8
Fig 0028
PICT-0273
Fig 0030
PICT-0280
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
17. Plug the clutch connector into the harness connector
(Fig. 0031).
PTO Idler Replacement
PTO Idler Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0033).
3
Fig 0031
PICT-0548a
18. Connect the negative (black) battery cable to the negative battery terminal and cover with the boot
(Fig. 0032).
Fig 0033
PICT-0280
3. Roll the PTO drive belt off the center mower deck pulley (Fig. 0034).
Fig 0032
PICT-0250
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0034
PICT-0283
3-9
CHASSIS
4. Raise the machine so that the underside of the chassis can be accessed.
5. Remove the PTO idler arm spring from the spring post and the idler arm (Fig. 0035).
7. Remove the PTO idler arm assembly from the frame
(Fig. 0037).
3
Fig 0037
PICT-0604a
Fig 0035
PICT-0291a
8. Press out the bearing sleeves from the idler arm
(Fig. 0038).
6. Remove the bolt, nut, washers and idler tube securing the PTO idler arm assembly to the frame (Fig.
0036).
3-10
Fig 0036
IMG-7690
Fig 0038
PICT-0605
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
9. Remove the bolt, washer and Bellville washer securing the pulley to the idler arm (Fig. 0039).
CHASSIS
11. Remove the grease fi tting from the idler arm (Fig.
0041).
Fig 0039
PICT-0609
Fig 0041
PICT-0613
10. Remove the pulley from the idler arm (Fig. 0040).
PTO Idler Assembly (Fig. 0042).
C
B
A
D G
E
H I
J
A
F
Fig 0040
PICT-0610
B. Grease Fitting
D. Bearing Sleeve (2)
Fig 0042
PICT-0618a
F. Bolt
G. Idler Pulley
I. Belleville Washer
J. Bolt
3
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-11
CHASSIS
PTO Idler Installation
1. Install the grease fi tting into the idler arm (Fig. 0043).
3. Position the pulley onto the idler arm (Fig. 0045).
3
Fig 0045
PICT-0610
Fig 0043
PICT-0613
2. Press the bearing sleeves into the idler arm pivot
(Fig. 0044).
4. Slide the Belleville washer (crown toward the bolt head) and fl at washer onto the bolt. Install the bolt and washers through the pulley and into the idler arm (Fig. 0046).
Fig 0044
PICT-0619
Fig 0046
PICT-0620
3-12 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
5. Slide a washer and idler tube onto the idler pivot bolt. Slide the bolt assembly into the idler arm.
Install a washer onto the bolt (Fig. 0047).
CHASSIS
7. Install a washer and nut securing the PTO idler arm assembly to the frame (Fig. 0049).
Fig 0047
PICT-0624a
Fig 0049
IMG-7690
6. Position the PTO idler arm assembly up to the frame
(Fig. 0048).
8. Hook the PTO idler arm spring onto the idler arm and onto the spring post (Fig. 0050).
3
Fig 0048
PICT-0625a
Fig 0050
PICT-0291a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-13
CHASSIS
3
9. Lower the machine.
10. Roll the PTO drive belt onto the center mower deck pulley (Fig. 0051).
Parking Brake Service - Hydro
Checking the Parking Brake
1. Move the machine to a level surface.
2. Turn the ignition off and remove the key.
3. Check and adjust the tire pressure as follows: a. Rear tires: 12-14psi (83-97kPa) b. Castor tires: Semi-pneumatic
4. Set the parking brake (Fig. 0053).
Note: Setting the parking brake should take a reasonable amount of force. If it engages too hard or too easily, adjustment is required.
Refer to “Adjusting the Parking Brake”, following.
Fig 0051
PICT-0283
11. Install the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0052).
Fig 0052
PICT-0280
Fig 0053
PICT-0468
3-14 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
Adjusting the Parking Brake
1. Check the parking brake before you adjust it. Refer to “Checking the Parking Brake”, preceding.
2. Release the parking brake.
3. Remove the cotter pin from the clevis at the top end of the parking brake adjusting rod (Fig. 0054).
5. Turn the upper brake adjustment yoke to adjust the parking brake as follows (Fig. 0056): a. Clockwise to decrease engagement force b. Counterclockwise to increase engagement force
3
Fig 0056
PICT-0473
Fig 0054
PICT-0470
6. Position the upper yoke of the parking brake adjusting rod to the parking brake handle and insert the clevis pin (Fig. 0057).
4. Remove the clevis pin securing the top end of the parking brake adjusting rod to the parking brake handle (Fig. 0055).
Fig 0055
PICT-0471
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0057
PICT-0471
3-15
CHASSIS
7. Install a cotter pin into the clevis pin (Fig. 0058).
3. Remove the clevis pin securing the top end of the parking brake adjusting rod to the parking brake handle (Fig. 0060).
3
Fig 0058
PICT-0470
Fig 0060
PICT-0471
8. Check the brake operation again. Refer to “Checking the Parking Brake” on page 3-14.
4. Remove the cotter pin from the clevis pin securing the lower yoke of the brake adjusting rod to the parking brake assembly (Fig. 0061).
Parking Brake Removal
1. Release the parking brake.
2. Remove the cotter pin from the clevis pin at the top end of the parking brake adjusting rod (Fig. 0059).
3-16
Fig 0059
PICT-0470
Fig 0061
PICT-0477
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
5. Remove the clevis pin that secures the lower end of the brake adjusting rod to the parking brake assembly and remove the brake rod assembly (Fig.
0062).
7. Remove the bolt, thrust bearing and parking brake handle from the handle support (Fig. 0064).
Fig 0064
PICT-0483
Fig 0062
PICT-0478
6. Remove the nut and conical washer from the bolt securing the parking brake handle to the handle support (Fig. 0063).
8. Unplug the parking brake switch from the harness
(Fig. 0065).
3
Fig 0063
PICT-0481
Fig 0065
PICT-0485
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-17
CHASSIS
9. Remove the 2 screws and nuts securing the parking brake switch to the handle support (Fig. 0066).
11. Remove the 2 nuts from the bolts securing the handle support to the frame (Fig. 0068).
3
Fig 0066
PICT-0486
Fig 0068
PICT-0489
10. Remove the parking brake switch and switch plate from the handle support (Fig. 0067).
12. Remove the bolts and handle support from the frame
(Fig. 0069).
Fig 0067
PICT-0487
Fig 0069
PICT-0490
3-18 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
13. Remove the whizlock nut and bolt securing the top end of the parking brake spring to the frame (Fig.
0070).
15. Remove the parking brake assembly from the frame
(Fig. 0072).
Note: Unit raised for photo clarity.
Fig 0070
PICT-0491
14. Remove the 3 bolts and nuts securing the parking brake assembly to the frame (Fig. 0071).
Fig 0072
PICT-0497
16. Remove the bolt, nut and spring from the parking brake assembly (Fig. 0073).
3
Fig 0071
PICT-0494
Fig 0073
PICT-0500a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-19
CHASSIS
Parking Brake Installation
1. Install the bolt, nut and spring onto the parking brake assembly (Fig. 0074).
3. Loosely install the 3 bolts and nuts securing the parking brake assembly to the frame (Fig. 0076).
3
Fig 0076
PICT-0494
Fig 0074
PICT-0500a
2. Position the parking brake assembly into the frame
(Fig. 0075).
Note: Unit raised for photo clarity.
4. Insert the bolt through the top end of the parking brake spring and into the frame (Fig. 0077).
3-20
Fig 0075
PICT-0497
Fig 0077
PICT-0502
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
5. Loosely install the whizlock nut on the bolt that secures the top end of the brake spring to the frame
(Fig. 0078).
8. Install the nuts securing the parking brake handle support to the frame (Fig. 0080).
Fig 0078
PICT-0503a
Fig 0080
PICT-0489
6. Tighten all 4 nuts and bolts securing the parking brake assembly to the frame.
7. Insert the bolts through the frame and parking brake handle support (Fig. 0079).
9. Position the parking brake switch and switch plate onto the handle support (Fig. 0081).
3
Fig 0079
PICT-0490
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0081
PICT-0487
3-21
CHASSIS
10. Install 2 screws and nuts securing the parking brake switch and switch plate to the handle support (Fig.
0082).
12. Insert a bolt through the parking brake handle. Install a thrust bearing onto the bolt and then insert the bolt/handle/bearing assembly through the handle support (Fig. 0084).
3
Fig 0082
PICT-0486
11. Plug parking brake switch into the harness connector (Fig. 0083).
Fig 0084
PICT-0483
13. Install a conical washer onto the bolt (crown facing the threaded end of the bolt (Fig. 0085).
Fig 0083
PICT-0485
Fig 0085
PICT-0507
3-22 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
14. Install a nut onto the bolt securing the parking brake handle to the handle support (Fig. 0086).
Note: Do not over-tighten the nut.
16. Install a cotter pin into the clevis pin (Fig. 0088).
Fig 0088
PICT-0477
Fig 0086
PICT-0481
17. Insert a clevis pin through the upper adjusting yoke securing it to the parking brake handle (Fig. 0089).
15. Position the brake linkage rod assembly with the adjusting yoke positioned up to the parking brake handle. Insert a clevis pin through the lower yoke securing it to the parking brake assembly (Fig.
0087).
3
Fig 0087
PICT-0478
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0089
PICT-0471
3-23
CHASSIS
3
18. Install a cotter pin into the clevis pin (Fig. 0090).
Fig 0090
PICT-0470
19. Check the parking brake. Refer to “Checking the
Parking Brake” on page 3-14.
Wheel Drive Belt and Wheel Hub
Replacement - Gear Drive
The following inspections should be made when disassembling the drive system, particularly if the reason for service is the inability to adjust belt tension or “loss of drive”. Be sure to inspect all components; there may be more than one item needing replacement.
Inspect for the following: cut the belt.
• Idler arm bent - this will push the belt to one side and can induce belt jumping in reverse.
• Idler pulley bearing worn out, resulting in inconsistent tension on the belt. Can cause slippage or jumping.
• A belt contacting the bottom of the pulley “V” indicates worn belt or pulleys. The belt will slip no matter how tight you adjust it.
• Belt glazed, shiny or burnt on the sides of the “V” indicates slipping. Belt must be replaced and the cause identifi ed and corrected.
• The sides of each pulley sheave should be straight and fl at. If the sides of the “V” have “opened up” or appear to bulge the pulley is worn and must be replaced.
If the belt is riding too deep in one or both pulley grooves the center fl ange will begin to cut the belt into 2 single belts. This indicates a badly worn belt or pulley. The parts must be replaced.
3-24 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
Wheel Drive Belt & Wheel Hub Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Raise the machine so the rear tire is off the ground.
3. Remove the 3 lower idler support mounting bolts
(Fig. 0091).
5. Rotate the idler support bracket so that it is out of the way of the transmission pulley (Fig. 0093).
3
Fig 0093
PICT-1521
Fig 0091
PICT-1519
6. Remove the wheel drive belt from the transmission pulley and remove it from around the drive wheel
(Fig. 0094).
4. Loosen the idler support bracket pivot bolt (Fig.
0092).
Fig 0092
PICT-1520
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0094
PICT-1577
3-25
CHASSIS
7. Inspect the pulleys for wear and damage. Replace as necessary. If pulley replacement is required, continue on. For belt replacement only, go to “Wheel
Drive Belt and Wheel Hub Installation” step 17, on page 3-34.
8. Loosen the set screw securing the drive pulley to the transmission (Fig. 0095).
10. Remove the key from the drive pulley shaft keyway
(Fig. 0097).
3
Fig 0097
PICT-1583
Fig 0095
PICT-1580
11. Inspect the key and replace it if it is worn or damage.
12. Apply anti-seize to the transmission drive shaft (Fig.
0098).
9. Slide the drive pulley off the transmission drive shaft
(Fig. 0096).
3-26
Fig 0096
PICT-1582
Fig 0098
PICT-1586
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
13. Install the key into the transmission driveshaft keyway (Fig. 0099).
15. Apply thread locking compound to the drive pulley set screw (Fig. 0101).
Fig 0099
PICT-1583
Fig 0101
PICT-1587a
14. Position the drive pulley onto the transmission drive shaft so that the pulley hub faces toward the machine. The transmission driveshaft should be fl ush with the outside fl ange of the pulley (Fig. 0100).
16. Install the set screw into the drive pulley (Fig. 0102).
3
Fig 0100
PICT-1582
Fig 0102
PICT-1580
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-27
CHASSIS
17. Remove the 4 lug nuts retaining the wheel to the wheel hub assembly (Fig. 0103).
19. Remove the dust cover from the wheel hub assembly (Fig. 0105).
3
Fig 0103
PICT-1588a
Fig 0105
PICT-1590
18. Remove the wheel from the wheel hub assembly
(Fig. 0104).
20. Remove the cotter pin retaining the castle nut to the axle (Fig. 0106).
Fig 0104
PICT-1589
Fig 0106
PICT-1592
3-28 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
21. Remove the castle nut from the axle (Fig. 0107).
CHASSIS
23. Remove the washer from the wheel hub (Fig. 0109).
Fig 0107
PICT-1593
22. Slide the wheel hub assembly off the axle (Fig.
0108).
Fig 0109
PICT-1622
24. Remove the outside tapered wheel bearing from the wheel hub (Fig. 0110).
3
Fig 0108
PICT-1594
Fig 0110
PICT-1623
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-29
CHASSIS
25. Remove the inside grease seal from the wheel hub
(Fig. 0111).
27. Remove the grease fi tting from the wheel hub (Fig.
0113).
3
Fig 0111
PICT-1624
Fig 0113
PICT-1650
26. Remove the tapered bearing from the wheel hub
(Fig. 0112).
28. Thoroughly clean the wheel hub, tapered bearings and grease seal. Inspect and replace if worn or damaged.
Wheel Drive Belt & Wheel Hub Installation
1. Install a grease fi tting into the wheel hub (Fig. 0114).
3-30
Fig 0112
PICT-1625
Fig 0114
PICT-1650
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
2. Repack the tapered bearing with grease (Fig. 0115).
Note: When packing wheel bearings use #2 general purpose lithium base or molybdenum base grease.
4. Insert the grease seal into the wheel hub bore (Fig.
0117).
Fig 0117
PICT-1645
Fig 0115
PICT-1643
5. Repack the second tapered bearing with grease
(Fig. 0118).
3. Insert the tapered bearing into the wheel hub bore
(Fig. 0116).
3
Fig 0116
PICT-1644
Fig 0118
PICT-1643
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-31
CHASSIS
6. Insert the tapered bearing into the opposite side of the wheel hub bore (Fig. 0119).
8. Slide the wheel hub assembly onto the axle (Fig.
0121).
3
Fig 0119
PICT-1646
Fig 0121
PICT-1651
7. Position a washer onto the outside tapered bearing
(Fig. 0120).
9. Position the brake band around the wheel hub brake drum and continue sliding the wheel hub onto the axle (Fig. 0122).
Fig 0120
PICT-1648
Fig 0122
PICT-1652
3-32 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
10. Install the castle nut onto the axle (Fig. 0123).
CHASSIS
12. Install a cotter pin securing the castle nut to the axle
(Fig. 0125).
Fig 0123
PICT-1653
Fig 0125
PICT-1655
11. Torque the castle nut to 6.5 ft-lbs. (8.8 Nm) while turning the hub to seat the bearings and to remove all endplay. Loosen the castle nut until it is away from the washer/bearing then tighten the castle nut until it contacts the washer/bearing. The wheel hub must be free to rotate and have no endplay (Fig.
0124).
13. Fill the wheel hub cavity with grease (Fig. 0126).
3
Fig 0124
PICT-1654
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0126
PICT-1656
3-33
CHASSIS
14. Using a rubber mallet, install the dust cap into to wheel hub assembly (Fig. 0127).
16. Install the lug nuts onto the wheel hub studs. Torque the lug nuts to 85 + 8 ft-lbs. (115 + 10.8 Nm) (Fig.
0129).
3
Fig 0127
PICT-1657
15. Slide the wheel onto the wheel hub assembly (Fig.
0128).
Fig 0129
PICT-1663a
17. Route the wheel drive belt around the wheel drive pulley and the wheel hub pulley (Fig. 0130).
Fig 0128
PICT-1662a
Fig 0130
PICT-1577
3-34 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
18. Rotate the idler support bracket into position so that the 3 mounting holes in the bracket line up with the 3 holes in the frame (Fig. 0131).
20. Tighten the idler support bracket pivot bolt (Fig.
0133).
Fig 0131
PICT-1664
19. Loosely install the 3 lower idler support mounting bolts (Fig. 0132).
Fig 0133
PICT-1520
21. Tighten the 3 lower idler support mounting bolts (Fig.
0134).
3
Fig 0132
PICT-1519
Fig 0134
PICT-1519
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-35
CHASSIS
Brake Band Replacement
The following procedures are the same for both the left and right brake band replacement.
4. Loosen the idler support bracket pivot bolt (Fig.
0136).
Brake Band Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
3
2. Raise the machine so the rear tire is off the ground.
3. Remove the 3 lower idler support mounting bolts
(Fig. 0135).
Fig 136
PICT-1520
5. Rotate the idler support bracket so that it is out of the way of the transmission pulley (Fig. 0137).
Fig 0135
PICT-1519
Fig 0137
PICT-1521
3-36 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
6. Remove the wheel drive belt from the transmission pulley and remove it from around the drive wheel
(Fig. 0138).
8. Remove the wheel from the wheel hub assembly
(Fig. 0140).
Fig 0138
PICT-1577
7. Remove the 4 lug nuts retaining the wheel to the wheel hub assembly (Fig. 0139).
Fig 0140
PICT-1589
9. Remove the dust cover from the wheel hub assembly (Fig. 0141).
3
Fig 0139
PICT-1588a
Fig 0141
PICT-1590
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-37
CHASSIS
10. Remove the cotter pin retaining the castle nut to the axle (Fig. 0142).
12. Slide the wheel hub assembly off the axle (Fig.
0144).
3
Fig 0142
PICT-1592
Fig 0144
PICT-1594
11. Remove the castle nut from the axle (Fig. 0143).
13. Remove the hairpin cotter securing the brake rod to the brake arm. Remove the brake rod from the brake arm (Fig. 0145).
Fig 0143
PICT-1593
Fig 0145
PICT-1596
3-38 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
14. Remove the retaining ring from the brake arm pivot
(Fig. 0146).
16. Remove the 3 brake link plate retaining rings (Fig.
0148).
Fig 0146
PICT-1602
Fig 0148
PICT-1607a
15. Remove the brake arm assembly from the pivot (Fig.
0147).
17. Remove the brake link plate from the brake assembly (Fig. 0149).
3
Fig 0147
PICT-1603
Fig 0149
PICT-1609a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-39
CHASSIS
18. Remove the brake band from the brake link (Fig.
0150).
20. Inspect the brake band. Replace if damaged or worn
(Fig. 0152).
3
Fig 0150
PICT-1611a
19. Remove the brake arm from the brake link (Fig.
0151).
Fig 0152
PICT-1615a
Brake Band Installation
1. Position the brake arm onto the brake link (Fig.
0153).
Fig 0151
PICT-1612a
Fig 0153
PICT-1612a
3-40 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
2. Place the brake band onto the brake link (Fig. 0154).
4. Install 3 new retaining rings as shown (Fig. 0156):
Fig 0154
PICT-1611a
A. Small
3. Install the brake link plate onto the brake assembly
(Fig. 0155).
Fig 0156
PICT-1607a
B. Large
5. Apply anti-seize compound to the brake arm pivot.
Slide the brake arm assembly onto the pivot (Fig.
0157).
3
Fig 0155
PICT-1609a
Fig 0157
PICT-1603
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-41
CHASSIS
6. Install a new retaining ring onto the brake arm pivot securing the brake arm to the frame (Fig. 0158).
8. Slide the wheel hub assembly onto the axle (Fig.
0160).
3
Fig 0158
PICT-1621
Fig 0160
PICT-1594
7. Position the lower end of the brake rod into the brake arm. Install a hairpin cotter securing the brake rod to the brake arm (Fig. 0159).
9. Install the castle nut onto the axle (Fig. 0161).
Fig 0159
PICT-1596
Fig 0161
PICT-1653
3-42 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
10. Torque the castle nut to 6.5 ft-lbs. (8.8 Nm) while turning the hub to seat the bearings and to remove all endplay. Loosen the castle nut until it is away from the washer/bearing. Tighten nut until it contacts washer/bearing. Hub must be free to rotate and have no endplay (Fig. 0162).
12. Fill the wheel hub cavity with grease (Fig. 0164).
Fig 0164
PICT-1656
Fig 0162
PICT-1654
13. Using a rubber mallet, install the dust cap into to wheel hub assembly (Fig. 0165).
11. Install the cotter pin securing the castle nut to the axle (Fig. 0163).
3
Fig 0163
PICT-1655
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0165
PICT-1657
3-43
CHASSIS
14. Route the wheel drive belt around the wheel drive pulley and the wheel hub (Fig. 0166).
16. Install the lug nuts onto the wheel hub studs. Torque the lug nuts to 85 + 8 ft-lbs. (115 + 10.8 Nm) (Fig.
0168).
3
Fig 0166
PICT-1660
Fig 0168
PICT-1663a
15. Slide the wheel onto the wheel hub assembly (Fig.
0167).
17. Rotate the idler support bracket into position so that the 3 mounting holes in the bracket line up with the 3 holes in the frame (Fig. 0169).
Fig 0167
PICT-1662a
Fig 0169
PICT-1664
3-44 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
18. Loosely install the 3 lower idler support mounting bolts (Fig. 0170).
CHASSIS
20. Tighten the 3 lower idler support mounting bolts (Fig.
0172).
Fig 0170
PICT-1519
19. Tighten the idler support bracket pivot bolt (Fig.
0171).
Fig 0172
PICT-1519
Carrier Frame Replacement
Carrier Frame Removal
1. Remove the Mower Deck. Refer to “Mower Deck
Removal” on page 8-61.
2. 40”, 48”, 52” and 60” mower decks only: Remove the battery and battery tray assembly. Refer to “Battery
Tray Removal” on page 3-70.
3. Support the carrier frame with a jack stand.
3
Fig 0171
PICT-1520
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-45
CHASSIS
4. Remove the bolt and nut securing the right side of the carrier frame to the right side of the traction frame (Fig. 0173).
6. Slide the carrier frame away from the traction frame
(Fig. 0175).
3
Fig 0173
PICT-1300
Fig 0175
PICT-1305
5. Remove the 3 bolts and nuts securing the left side of the carrier frame to the left side of the traction frame
(Fig. 0174).
7. Remove the 2 bolts and washers securing the belt shield to the carrier frame (Fig. 0176).
Fig 0174
PICT-1303
Fig 0176
PICT-1307
3-46 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
8. Remove the belt shield from the carrier frame (Fig.
0177).
10. Remove the deck bushing from the carrier frame
(Fig. 0179).
Fig 0177
PICT-1310
Fig 0179
PICT-1313
9. Remove the retaining ring from the deck bushing
(Fig. 0178).
11. Repeat steps 9 and 10 for the opposite side deck bushing.
12. Remove both castor wheel fork grease fi ttings (Fig.
0180).
3
Fig 0178
PICT-1311
Fig 0180
PICT-1314a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-47
3
CHASSIS
13. Remove the castor wheel assemblies from the carrier frame. Refer to “Castor Wheel Removal” on page 3-53.
14. Remove the castor wheel fl ange bushings (2 left, 2 right) from the carrier frame (Fig. 0181).
2. Install the castor wheel assemblies into the carrier frame. Refer to “Castor Wheel Installation” on page
3-59.
3. Install 2 grease fi ttings (1 left, 1 right) into the castor fork arms of the carrier frame (Fig. 0183).
Fig 0181
PICT-1331a
Fig 0183
PICT-1314a
4. Grease the castor wheel assemblies (Fig. 0184).
Carrier Frame Installation
tor fork arms of the carrier frame (Fig. 0182).
3-48
Fig 0182
PICT-1334a
Fig 0184
PICT-1335
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
5. Install a deck bushing into the carrier frame (Fig.
0185).
CHASSIS
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 for the opposite side deck bushing.
8. Position the belt shield to the carrier frame (Fig.
0187).
Fig 0185
PICT-1313
6. Install a retaining ring onto the deck bushing (Fig.
0186).
Fig 0187
PICT-1310
9. Install 2 bolts and washers to secure the belt shield to the carrier frame (Fig. 0188).
3
Fig 0186
PICT-1311
Fig 0188
PICT-1307
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-49
CHASSIS
10. Position the carrier frame assembly up to the traction frame (Fig. 0189).
13. Loosely install the 2 upper bolts and nuts securing the left side of the carrier frame to the left side of the traction frame (Fig. 0191).
3
Fig 0189
PICT-1305
Fig 0191
PICT-1303
11. Support the carrier frame with a jack stand.
12. Loosely install the lower front bolts on each side of the chassis securing the carrier frame to the traction frame (Fig. 0190).
14. 40”, 48”, 52” and 60” mower decks only: Install the battery and battery tray assembly. Refer to “Battery
Tray Installation” on page 3-72.
15. 36” mower decks only: Loosely install the 2 upper bolts and nuts securing the right side of the carrier frame to the right side of the traction frame (Fig.
0192).
3-50
Fig 0190
PICT-1300
Fig 0192
PICT-2162
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
16. Check the alignment if the engine deck and carrier frame. Refer to “Checking the Carrier Frame and
Engine Deck Alignment”, proceding.
17. Check the engine deck height. Refer to “Checking the Engine Deck Height” on page 8-63.
18. Check the front-to-rear pitch of the carrier frame.
Refer to “Checking the Carrier Frame Front-to-Rear
Pitch” on page 8-64.
19. Check the side-to-side height of the carrier frame.
Refer to “Checking the Carrier Frame Side-to-Side
Height” on page 8-64.
20. Tighten and torque the 6 carrier frame mounting bolts to 70 + 10 ft-lbs. (94.9 + 13.6 Nm) (Fig. 0193).
Carrier Frame & Mower Deck
Adjustments
Checking the Carrier Frame & Engine Deck
Alignment
Note: Misalignment can cause excess wear on the deck drive belt.
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition. Set the parking brake.
2. Check and adjust the tire pressure in the rear tires to
12-14 psi (83-97kPa).
3
3. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0194).
Fig 0193
PICT-1336
21. Install the Mower Deck. Refer to “Mower Deck
Installation” on page 8-62.
22. Check the front-to-rear pitch of the mower deck.
Refer to “Checking the Mower Deck Front-to-Rear
Pitch” on page 8-65.
23. Check the side-to-side height of the mower deck.
Refer to “Checking the Mower Deck Side-to-Side
Height” on page 8-66.
24. Check the Height-of-Cut. Refer to “Matching the
Height-of-Cut” on page 8-67.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0194
PICT-1038
3-51
CHASSIS
4. Place a 2”x2” by 8” (aprox.) long piece of tubing stock on the engine deck along the right side the engine (Fig. 0195).
6. The space between the front cross brace and the straight edge should be 11/16” + 1/4” (17.46mm +
6.35mm) (Fig. 0197).
3
Fig 0195
PICT-1339
Fig 0197
PICT-1345
5. Hold a ridid straight edge (36” minimum length) on top of the 2”x2” piece of tubing stock so it reaches out to the front cross brace of the carrier frame (Fig.
0196).
If the space is not correct, adjustment is needed:
7. Loosen the 6 carrier frame mounting bolts (3 on the left, 3 on the right) (Fig. 0198).
Fig 0196
PICT-1341
Fig 0198
PICT-1303
3-52 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
8. Align the carrier frame and engine deck to meet the
11/16” + 1/4” (17.46mm + 6.35mm) measurement at the front carrier frame cross brace (Fig. 0199).
10. Remove the straight edge and 2x2 piece of stock.
11. Install the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0201).
Fig 0199
PICT-1345
Fig 0201
PICT-1038
9. Tighten the carrier frame mounting bolts on both sides of the machine. Torque to 70 + 10 ft-lbs. (94.9
+ 13.6 Nm) (Fig. 0200).
Castor Wheel Replacement
The following procedures are the same for both the left and right castor assemblies.
Castor Wheel Removal
1. Remove the locking pin from the castor fork assembly (Fig. 0202).
3
Fig 0200
PICT-1303
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0202
PICT-1316
3-53
CHASSIS
2. Remove the spacer(s) from the castor fork assembly.
Note number and location for reassembly (Fig.
0203).
Castor Wheel Service
1. Remove the 2 thrust washers from the castor fork
(Fig. 0205).
3
Fig 0203
PICT-1318
3. Raise the carrier frame assembly and slide the castor fork assembly out of the carrier frame (Fig.
0204).
Fig 0205
PICT-1321a
2. Remove the nut from the axle bolt securing the castor wheel to the fork (Fig. 0206).
Fig 0204
PICT-1319
Fig 0206
PICT-1322
3-54 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
3. Remove the axle bolt (Fig. 0207).
CHASSIS
5. Remove one of the bushings from the wheel assembly (Fig. 0209).
Fig 0207
PICT-1323
Fig 0209
PICT-5516a
4. Remove the spacer from the wheel assembly (Fig.
0208).
6. Remove the needle bearing from the wheel assembly (Fig. 0210).
3
Fig 0208
PICT-5514a
Fig 0210
PICT-5517
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-55
CHASSIS
7. Remove the second bushing from the wheel assembly (Fig. 0211).
9. Thoroughly clean the wheel and tire assembly.
Inspect the wheel and bearings for damage and replace as necessary.
10. Install a bushing into one side of the wheel (Fig.
0213).
3
Fig 0211
PICT-5519a
8. Remove the grease zerk from the wheel assembly
(Fig. 0212).
Fig 0213
PICT-5678
11. Apply grease to the needle bearing (Fig. 0214).
Fig 0212
PICT-5523a
Fig 0214
PICT-5684a
3-56 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
12. Install the greased needle bearing into the wheel
(Fig. 0215).
CHASSIS
14. Install the spacer into the wheel (Fig. 0217).
Fig 0215
PICT-5685a
13. Install a second bushing into the other side of the wheel (Fig. 0216).
Fig 0217
PICT-5694a
15. Install the grease zerk into the wheel assembly (Fig.
0218).
3
Fig 0216
PICT-5688a
Fig 0218
PICT-5696a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-57
CHASSIS
16. Fill the wheel assembly with grease until it begins to fl ow out of the bearings (Fig. 0219).
18. Install the wheel axle bolt (Fig. 0221).
3
Fig 0219
PICT-1326a
Fig 0221
PICT-5702a
17. Position the wheel and tire assembly in the fork (Fig.
0220).
19. Install and tighten the lock washer and nut to secure the wheel to the fork (Fig. 0222).
Fig 0220
PICT-5700a
Fig 0222
PICT-5704a
3-58 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
20. Slide 2 thrust washers onto the castor fork shaft (Fig.
0223).
2. Slide the spacer(s) onto the castor fork shaft (Fig.
0225).
Fig 0223
PICT-1321a
Fig 0225
PICT-1318
Castor Wheel Installation
1. Raise the carrier frame assembly and slide the castor assembly into the carrier frame (Fig. 0224).
3. Install the locking pin into the castor fork assembly
(Fig. 0226).
3
Fig 0224
PICT-1319
Fig 0226
PICT-1316
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-59
CHASSIS
Castor Wheel Fork Bushing
Replacement
The following procedures are the same for replacing both the right hand and left hand castor wheel fork bushings.
4. Remove the spacer(s) from the top of the caster wheel fork (Fig. 0228).
Castor Wheel Fork Bushing Removal
3
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Raise the carrier frame assembly so the caster wheels are off the fl oor and support the front of the mower with jack stands.
3. Remove the locking pin from the top of the caster fork (Fig. 0227).
Fig 0228
PICT-1317
5. Slide the caster wheel fork assembly out of the mounting tube. Leave the spacer(s) on the bottom of the fork (Fig. 0229).
Note: Note the location and number of the spacers on each fork to ensure correct installation, and maintain a level deck.
Fig 0227
PICT-1316
Fig 0229
PICT-1319
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-60
CHASSIS
6. Insert a pin punch into the mounting tube and carefully drive out the bushings (Fig. 0230).
2. Inspect the caster wheel fork for wear and replace if necessary.
3. Slide the caster wheel fork through the bushings in the mounting tube (Fig. 0232).
Note: The inside diameter of the bushings may collapse slightly when installed. If the caster wheel fork does not slide into the new bushings, ream both bushings to an inside diameter of 1.126” (29mm).
3
Fig 0230
PICT-1331a
7. Clean the inside of the mounting tube.
Castor Wheel Fork Bushing Installation
1. Grease the inside and outside of the new bushings.
Use a hammer and fl at plate to carefully drive the bushings into the pivot tubes (Fig. 0231).
Fig 0232
PICT-1319
4. Slide the spacer(s) onto the fork (Fig. 0233).
Fig 0231
PICT-1333a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0233
PICT-1317
3-61
CHASSIS
3
5. Secure the fork to the carrier frame with the locking pin (Fig. 0234).
Fuel Tank Replacement
DANGER
In certain conditions, gasoline is extremely fl ammable and highly explosive. A fi re or explosion from gasoline can burn you and others and can damage property.
• Drain gasoline from the fuel tank when the engine is cold. Do this outdoors in an open area. Wipe up any gasoline that spills.
• Never smoke when draining gasoline, and stay away from an open fl ame or where a spark may ignite the gasoline fumes.
Fig 0234
PICT-1316 using No. 2 general purpose lithium base or molybdenum base grease (Fig. 0235).
Fuel Tank Removal
This procedure was done on a hydro model. The same procedure can be followed for gear drive models.
Note: The hydraulic fl uid tank has been removed for photo purposes.
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Turn the engine off and remove the key.
3. Set the parking brake.
Fig 0235
PICT-1335
3-62 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
4. Move the negative battery terminal boot and disconnect the negative (black) battery cable from the battery (Fig. 0236).
6. Slide the hose clamp off the fuel line at the fuel pump (Fig. 0238).
Fig 0236
PICT-0509
5. Turn the fuel valve to the “Off” position (Fig. 0237).
Fig 0238
PICT-0513
7. Remove the fuel line from the fuel pump. Place the end of the fuel line in a suitable container (Fig.
0239).
3
Fig 0237
PICT-0512
Fig 0239
PICT-0514
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-63
CHASSIS
8. Turn the fuel valve to the “On” position to allow the fuel to drain (Fig. 0240).
10. Remove the fuel line from the fuel tank bulkhead fi tting, pulling it through the rubber grommet (Fig.
0242).
3
Fig 0240
PICT-0515
Fig 0242
PICT-0518
9. Slide the clamp securing the fuel line to the fuel tank bulkhead fi tting up toward the fi tting and off the hose
(Fig. 0241).
11. Remove the clamp from the fuel tank bulkhead fi tting
(Fig. 0243).
Fig 0241
PICT-0516
Fig 0243
PICT-0520
3-64 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
12. Remove the 2 nuts, springs and washers from the threaded studs securing the left side of the fuel tank bottom (Fig. 0244).
14. Lift the fuel tank assembly up and out of the frame.
Take care as the tank fi tting comes out through the hole in the frame with the tank (Fig. 0246).
Fig 0244
PICT-0528a
Fig 0246
PICT-0533
13. Remove the 2 bolts, lock washers and washers securing the right side of the fuel tank bottom (Fig.
0245).
15. Loosen and remove the nut and washer securing the bulkhead fi tting to the bottom of the fuel tank (Fig.
0247).
3
Fig 245
PICT-0531
Fig 0247
PICT-5353
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-65
CHASSIS
16. Remove the fuel cap assembly from the fuel tank
(Fig. 0248).
18. Inspect the fi lter screen on the bulkhead fuel fi tting.
Clean or replace the fi lter screen if it is clogged or damaged (Fig. 0250).
Note: If fuel is leaking from the bulkhead fuel fi tting area of the tank, the seal on the fi tting has been compromised and the whole fi tting must be replaced.
3
Fig 0248
PICT-5355
17. Remove the bulkhead fuel fi tting from the tank through the fuel cap opening (Fig. 0249).
Note: A fl exible magnet tool is used to aid in removal.
Fig 0250
PICT-5360b
19. Using a needle nose vise grip, clamp the threaded stud up near where the stud threads into the tank and remove the stud from the recessed fuel tank nut.
Repeat for second threaded stud (Fig. 0251).
3-66
Fig 0249
PICT-5356
Fig 0251
PICT-0535a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
Fuel Tank Installation
This procedure was done on a hydro model. The same procedure can be followed for gear drive models.
1. Apply thread locking compound to the fuel tank mounting studs (Fig. 0252).
3. Install the bulkhead fuel fi tting into the tank through the fuel cap opening (Fig. 0254).
Note: The fi tting should be installed so that the barb of the fi tting points toward the front of the fuel tank.
Note: A fl exible magnet tool used to aid installation.
3
Fig 0252
PICT-0538a
Fig 0254
PICT-5356
2. Install the threaded studs into the left side fuel tank mounting locations. Leave 1-1/8” (28.5mm) of thread protruding from the tank (Fig. 0253).
4. Install a washer and nut onto the bulkhead fi tting
(Fig. 0255).
Fig 0253
PICT-0545
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0255
PICT-5363
3-67
CHASSIS
5. Tighten the nut to secure the fi tting to the fuel tank
(Fig. 0256).
7. Apply anti-seize compound to both of the bolts used to secure the right side of the fuel tank to the frame
(Fig. 0258).
3
Fig 0256
PICT-5353
Fig 0258
PICT-0534a
6. Position the fuel tank onto the frame taking care to feed the bulkhead fuel fi tting through the hole in the frame (Fig. 0257).
8. Secure the fuel tank to the frame by installing the bolts, washers, springs and nuts as shown. Install the bolts and washers securing the right side of the fuel tank fi rst. Do not over tighten the right side mounting bolts (Fig. 0259).
Note: The springs on the left side should not be fully compressed.
3-68
Fig 0257
PICT-0533
A. Left side of tank
Fig 0259
PICT-5374a
B. Right side of tank
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
9. Slide the hose clamp onto the bulkhead fi tting barb
(Fig. 0260).
11. Slide the clamp onto the fuel line securing the fuel line to the fuel tank bulkhead fi tting (Fig. 0262).
Fig 0260
PICT-0520
Fig 0262
PICT-0516
10. Slide the fuel line through the rubber grommet and onto the fuel tank bulkhead fi tting (Fig. 0261).
12. Slide the fuel line onto the fuel pump (Fig. 0263).
3
Fig 0261
PICT-0518
Fig 0263
PICT-0567
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-69
CHASSIS
13. Slide the hose clamp up to secure the fuel line to the fuel pump (Fig. 0264).
15. Check for leaks.
16. Connect the negative (black) battery cable to the negative battery terminal and cover with the boot
(Fig. 0266).
3
Fig 0264
PICT-0513
14. Fill the fuel tank with fuel and ensure the fuel valve is open (On) (Fig. 0265).
Fig 0266
PICT-0509
Battery Tray Replacement
Battery Tray Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Turn the fuel valve to the off position (Fig. 0267).
Fig 0265
PICT-0515
Fig 0267
PICT-0247a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-70
CHASSIS
3. Move the negative battery terminal boot and disconnect the negative (black) battery cable from the battery terminal (Fig. 0268).
5. Remove 1 of the 2 nuts retaining the battery hold down strap and battery hold downs to the battery tray (Fig. 0270).
Fig 0268
PICT-0250
Fig 0270
PICT-0254
4. Move the positive battery terminal boot and disconnect the positive (red) battery cable from the battery terminal (Fig. 0269).
6. Remove the battery hold down plate and 2 battery hold downs from the battery tray (Fig. 0271).
3
Fig 0269
PICT-0252
Fig 0271
PICT-0256
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-71
CHASSIS
7. Remove the battery from the battery tray (Fig. 0272).
9. Remove the battery tray from the frame (Fig. 0274).
3
Fig 0272
PICT-0571
Fig 0274
PICT-1298
8. Remove the two bolts, and nuts securing the battery tray to the frame (Fig. 0273).
Battery Tray Installation
1. Place the anti-skid pad onto the battery tray (Fig.
0275).
Fig 0273
PICT-0572
Fig 0275
PICT-1299
3-72 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
2. Align the battery tray mounting holes to the mounting holes in the frame (Fig. 0276).
4. Place the battery onto the battery tray (Fig. 0278).
Fig 0278
PICT-0571
Fig 0276
PICT-1298
3. Install two bolts and nuts securing the battery tray to the frame (Fig. 0277).
5. Install the battery hold down plate and 2 battery hold downs to the battery tray (Fig. 0279).
3
Fig 0277
PICT-0572
Fig 0279
PICT-0372a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-73
CHASSIS
6. Connect the positive (red) battery cable to the positive battery terminal and cover the connection with the boot (Fig. 0280).
Mid-Size Weight Replacement
Weights are installed on certain mowers to improve balance and improve performance. The weights can be moved or removed to create optimized performance under different mowing conditions and for operator preference (Fig. 0282 or Fig. 0283).
3
Fig 0280
PICT-0252
A B C D
7. Connect the negative (black) battery cable to the negative battery terminal and cover the connection with the boot (Fig. 0281).
Fig 0282
Installing the front weight.
A. Bolt
B. Washer
C. Weight
D. Nut fi g. 18 G005021
3-74
Fig 0281
PICT-0250
A B C D
Installing the rear weight.
A. Nut
B. Weight
Fig 0283
C. Washer
D. Bolt fi g. 19 G005022
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
CHASSIS
The following table indicates the position of the weight as installed at the factory.
Checking the Brake (T-Bar)
Mower Deck
Size
36”
40”
48”
52”
Number of weights install
1
1 none
1
Position of the weight
Front
Front none
Rear
• Any rear weight must be removed when a Tru–Track®
Sulky is installed.
• When a Tru–Track® Sulky is installed front weights are needed. Refer to Sulky operator manual.
1. Park the machine on a level surface.
2. Disengage the Power Take Off (PTO) (Fig. 0284).
3
!
The front end of the machine can rapidly rise up when the mower is removed. This could cause serious injury to you or bystanders.
Support the rear of the machine when removing the mower from the carrier frame.
Fig 0284
PICT-4834a
3. Set the parking brake (Fig. 0285).
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0285
PICT-4840a
3-75
CHASSIS
3
4. The rear wheels must lock when you try to push the machine forward or backward. Adjustment is required if the wheels do not lock. Refer to “Adjusting the Brake”, following.
5. Release the parking brake (Fig. 0286).
7. The wheels should rotate freely.
8. If the above conditions are met, no adjustment is required. If adjustments are required, see “Adjusting the Brake”, following.
Adjusting the Brake (T-Bar)
1. Check the brake before you adjust it. Refer to
“Checking the Brake”, preceding.
2. Set the park brake latch (Fig. 0288).
Fig 0286
PICT-4844a
6. Move the upper control bar forward, approximately
1/2” (13mm) (Fig. 0287).
Fig 0288
PICT-4840a
3-76
Fig 0287
PICT-4848a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
3. Rotate the wing nuts on the brake rods (Fig. 0289) as follows:
• Clockwise to tighten the brake
• Counterclockwise to loosen the brake
Note: The right and left brake rods are adjusted independently of each other.
Note: The control bar should be parallel with reference bar when properly adjusted.
CHASSIS
3
Fig 0289
PICT-4853a
4. Check the brake operation again. Refer to “Checking the Brake” preceding.
Important:
With the parking brake released, the rear wheels must rotate freely when you push the mower.
If brake action and free wheel rotation cannot be achieved, examine the brake system components for wear or damage.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 3-77
CHASSIS
3
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
3-78 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Control Linkage Replacement (T-2)
LINKAGE
3. Remove the control panel cover/manual tube assembly to the control panel (Fig. 0292).
Fig 0290
fi g. 3 G006080
Fig 0292
PICT-1923
4
Control Linkage Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Remove 4 screws (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the control panel cover to the control panel
(Fig. 0291).
4. Remove the hairpin cotter from the upper end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0293).
Fig 0291
PICT-1921
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0293
PICT-1947
4-1
LINKAGE
5. Remove the washer from the upper end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0294).
7. Remove the hairpin cotter from the lower end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0296).
4
Fig 0294
PICT-1950
6. Remove the upper end of the control rod from the tab on the control handle (Fig. 0295).
Fig 0296
PICT-2009
8. Remove the washer from the lower end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0297).
Fig 0295
PICT-1951
Fig 0297
PICT-2007a
4-2 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
9. Remove the lower end of the control linkage rod from the pump adapter bracket. Remove the linkage rod from the machine (Fig. 0298).
11. Remove the upper control rod from the turnbuckle
(Fig. 0300).
Fig 0298
PICT-2005
10. Loosen the upper control rod wingnut (left hand threads) (Fig. 0299).
Fig 0300
PICT-1964a
12. Remove the wingnut from the upper control rod (left hand threads) (Fig. 0301).
4
Fig 0299
PICT-1963a
Fig 0301
PICT-1965a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-3
LINKAGE
13. Loosen the lower control rod wingnut (Fig. 0302).
15. Remove the wingnut from the lower control rod (Fig.
0304).
Fig 0302
PICT-1966a
4
14. Remove the lower control rod from the turnbuckle
(Fig. 0303).
Fig 0304
PICT-1968a
16. Remove the 2 bolts and nuts securing the pump adapter bracket to the pump linkage (Fig. 0305).
Fig 0303
PICT-1967a
Fig 0305
PICT-1983
4-4 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
17. Remove the pump adapter bracket (Fig. 0306).
LINKAGE
Control Linkage Installation
1. Thread the adjusting screw into the pump adapter bracket so the threads of the screws protrude 3/4”
(19mm) past the bracket (Fig. 0308).
Fig 0306
PICT-1989
18. Remove the nut and adjusting screw from the pump adapter bracket (Fig. 0307).
Fig 0308
PICT-1993a
2. Loosely install the jam nut onto the adjusting screw
(Fig. 0309).
4
Fig 0307
PICT-1996a
Fig 0309
PICT-1996a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-5
LINKAGE
3. Position the pump adapter bracket to the pump linkage (Fig. 0310).
The distance between the face of the neutral proximity switch and the end of the hex head screw should be .07” + .02” (1.8 + .5mm) (Fig. 0312).
4
Fig 0310
PICT-1989
Fig 0312
PICT-1943
A. .07” .02” (1.8 + .5mm)
4. Install 2 bolts and nuts securing the pump adapter bracket to the pump linkage (Fig. 0311).
5. If adjustment is needed, refer to loosen the jam nut, adjust the hex head screw until proper distance is achieved and then tighten the jam nut to secure.
Control Linkage Assembly (Fig. 0313):
4-6
Fig 0311
PICT-1983
A B C D E
A. Lower control rod
B. Wingnut
C. Turnbuckle
Fig 0313
PICT-1969a
D. Wingnut
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
6. Thread a wingnut onto the lower control rod and upper control rod so that there is approximately 1/2”
(12.7mm) of thread on the wing side of the wingnut
(Fig. 0314).
8. Loosely install the upper control rod into the turnbuckle (Fig. 0316).
Fig 0314
PICT-2000a
Fig 0316
PICT-1964a
4
9. Position the linkage rod inside the frame and insert the lower end of the control linkage rod into the pump adapter bracket (Fig. 0317).
7. Loosely install the lower control rod into the turnbuckle (Fig. 0315).
Fig 0315
PICT-1967a
Fig 0317
PICT-2005
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-7
LINKAGE
10. Slide a washer onto the lower end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0318).
12. Install the upper end of the control rod into the tab on the control handle (Fig. 0320).
4
Fig 0318
PICT-2007a
Fig 0320
PICT-1951
11. Install a hairpin cotter into the lower end of the control linkage rod securing it to the pump adapter bracket (Fig. 0319).
13. Slide a washer onto the upper end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0321).
Fig 0319
PICT-2009
Fig 0321
PICT-1950
4-8 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
14. Install a hairpin cotter into the upper end of the control linkage rod securing it to the control handle
(Fig. 0322).
16. Tighten the wingnuts to secure the control rod turnbuckle (Fig. 0324).
Fig 0322
PICT-1947
Fig 0324
PICT-2020
15. Position the right control handle into the neutral lock position. If adjustment is needed, rotate the right control rod turnbuckle (Fig. 0323).
17. Position the control panel cover/manual tube assembly to the control panel (Fig. 0325).
4
Fig 0323
PICT-2015a
Fig 0325
PICT-1923
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-9
LINKAGE
18. Install 4 screws (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the control panel cover to the control panel (Fig.
0326).
Control Linkage & Thumb Latch Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Remove the e-clip from the back side of the trunnion on the lower end of the control rod (Fig. 0328).
4
Fig 0326
PICT-1921
Control Linkage & Thumb Latch
Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro)
The following procedures are the same for both the right side and left side handle bars.
Fig 0328
PICT-0687
3. Slide the trunnion out of the idler arm (Fig. 0329).
4-10
Fig 0327
fi g. 10 G004912
Fig 0329
PICT-0690
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
4. Remove the hairpin cotter from the clevis pin retaining the upper end of the control linkage to the drive lever assembly (Fig. 0330).
6. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the thumb latch assembly to the handle bar (Fig. 0332).
Fig 0330
PICT-0691
Fig 0332
PICT-0694
5. Remove the clevis pin and control linkage rod from the drive lever assembly (Fig. 0331).
7. Remove the bolt, spacer, washers and the thumb latch assembly from the handle bar (Fig. 0333).
4
Fig 0331
PICT-0692
Fig 0333
PICT-0696
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-11
LINKAGE
8. Remove the bolt, and washer from the thumb latch
(Fig. 0334):
10. Remove the bolt securing the drive lever assembly to the handle bar (Fig. 0336).
A B B B
D
C
4
Fig 0334
PICT-0697a
A.
B. Belleville washer (3) D. Flat washer
Fig 0336
PICT-0700
11. Remove the drive lever bushing from the drive lever handle (Fig. 0337).
9. Remove the nut securing the drive lever assembly to the handle bar (Fig. 0335).
Fig 0335
PICT-0699
Fig 0337
PICT-0701
4-12 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
12. Remove the bushing sleeves from the drive lever handle (Fig. 0338).
LINKAGE
2. Install the drive lever bushing into the drive lever handle (Fig. 0340).
Fig 0338
PICT-0702a
Fig 0340
PICT-0701
4
Control Linkage & Thumb Latch Installation
1. Install the bushing sleeves into the drive lever handle (Fig. 0339).
3. Assemble the drive lever assembly to the handle bar with a bolt (Fig. 0341).
Fig 0339
PICT-0703a
Fig 0341
PICT-0700
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-13
LINKAGE
4. Secure the drive lever handle with a nut (Fig. 0342).
6. Slide the bolt of the thumb latch assembly into the hole on the handle bar (Fig. 0344).
Fig 0342
PICT-0699
4
5. Assemble the thumb latch, bolt, and washers as shown.
Note: The Belleville washers should be assembled onto the bolt in an alternating fashion (i.e. crown out, crown in, crown out) (Fig. 0343).
Fig 0344
PICT-0696
7. Install a nut onto the bolt securing the thumb latch assembly to the handle bar (Fig. 0345).
Note: When tightening the nut, do not over-tighten.
The thumb latch must move freely, without rattling.
A B B B
D
C
Fig 0343
PICT-0697a
A.
B. Belleville washer (3) D. Flat washer
4-14
Fig 0345
PICT-0694
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
8. Slide the trunnion on the lower end of the control rod into the idler arm (Fig. 0346).
10. Adjust the control rod so that 2.125” (6.65cm) of thread extends past the trunnion (Fig. 0348).
Fig 0346
PICT-0690
A. 2.125” (6.65cm)
9. Install an e-clip onto the trunnion to secure the control rod to the idler arm (Fig. 0347).
Fig 0348
PICT-0704
11. Move the speed control lever to the fast position
(Fig. 0349).
4
Fig 0347
PICT-0687
Fig 0349
PICT-0711a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-15
LINKAGE
12. Assemble the upper end of the control rod to the drive lever assembly by inserting a clevis pin (Fig.
0350).
14. Install a hairpin cotter into the clevis pin to secure the control rod to the thumb latch assembly (Fig.
0352).
4
Fig 0350
PICT-0714
Fig 0352
PICT-0691
13. Adjust the control rod so there is a .19” to .25” (.48 to
.64cm) space between the control rod clevis pin and the bottom of the thumb latch slot (Fig. 0351).
15. Start the machine and operate the controls to ensure proper operation. Adjust as necessary.
Fig 0351
PICT-0715
4-16 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
Lower Control Replacement (T-Bar)
The following procedures are the same for both the right hand and left hand lower control replacement.
3. Remove the washer from the lower end of the control rod (Fig. 0355).
Fig 0353
fi g. 7 G004812
Fig 0355
PICT-1752
4
4. Remove the trunnion/clevis from the idler arm (Fig.
0356).
Lower Control Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Remove the hairpin cotter from the lower end of the control rod (Fig. 0354).
Fig 0354
PICT-1750a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0356
PICT-1753
4-17
LINKAGE
5. Remove the hairpin cotter from the lower end of the brake rod (Fig. 0357).
7. Remove the nut from the idler pivot bolt (Fig. 0359).
Fig 0359
PICT-1758
4
Fig 0357
PICT-1756
6. Remove the brake rod from the brake arm assembly
(Fig. 0358).
8. Remove the idler pivot bolt (Fig. 0360).
Fig 0358
PICT-1757
Fig 0360
PICT-1759
4-18 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
9. Lift the idler/brake rod assembly out of the machine
(Fig. 0361).
11. Remove the 2 spacers from the idler arm pivot (Fig.
0363).
Fig 0361
PICT-1763
10. Remove the spring from the idler arm (Fig. 0362).
Fig 0363
PICT-1765
4
12. Remove the hairpin cotter from the brake rod trunnion (Fig. 0364).
Fig 0362
PICT-1764
Fig 0364
PICT-1768
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-19
LINKAGE
13. Remove the washer from the brake rod trunnion
(Fig. 0365).
15. Remove the wing nut from the brake rod assembly
(Fig. 0367).
4
Fig 0365
PICT-1769
14. Remove the brake rod assembly from the idler assembly (Fig. 0366).
Fig 0367
PICT-1772a
16. Remove the washer from the brake rod assembly
(Fig. 0368).
Fig 0366
PICT-1771
Fig 0368
PICT-1773a
4-20 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
17. Remove the trunnion from the brake rod assembly
(Fig. 0369).
19. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the pulley to the idler arm (Fig. 0371).
Fig 0369
PICT-1774a
Fig 0371
PICT-1776a
4
20. Slide the pulley off the bolt (Fig. 0372).
18. Remove the bushing from the trunnion (Fig. 0370).
Fig 0370
PICT-1775
Fig 0372
PICT-1778
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-21
LINKAGE
21. Remove the pulley spacer from the bolt (Fig. 0373).
Lower Control Installation
1. Insert the pulley bolt into the idler (Fig. 0375).
Fig 0373
PICT-1780a
4
22. Remove the bolt from the idler (Fig. 0374).
Fig 0375
PICT-1781
2. Slide the pulley spacer onto the pulley bolt (Fig.
0376).
Fig 0374
PICT-1781
Fig 0376
PICT-1780a
4-22 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
3. Slide the pulley onto the pulley bolt and spacer (Fig.
0377).
5. Slide a bushing into the trunnion (Fig. 0379).
Fig 0377
PICT-1778
Fig 0379
PICT-1775
4
6. Slide the trunnion onto the brake rod assembly (Fig.
0380).
4. Install a nut onto the pulley bolt securing the pulley to the idler arm (Fig. 0378).
Fig 0378
PICT-1776a
Fig 0380
PICT-1774a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-23
LINKAGE
7. Slide a washer onto the brake rod assembly (Fig.
0381).
9. Insert the brake rod trunnion into the idler assembly
(Fig. 0383).
4
Fig 0381
PICT-1773a
Fig 0383
PICT-1771
8. Install a wing nut 2-1/2” (6.35cm) onto the brake rod assembly (Fig. 0382).
10. Slide a washer onto the brake rod trunnion (Fig.
0384).
Fig 0382
PICT-1772a
Fig 0384
PICT-1769
4-24 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
11. Install a hairpin cotter into the brake rod trunnion
(Fig. 0385).
LINKAGE
13. Install 2 spacers into the idler arm pivot (Fig. 0387).
Fig 0385
PICT-1768
Fig 0387
PICT-1765
4
14. Install the torsion spring onto the idler arm (Fig.
0388).
12. Apply anti-seize compound onto the outside diameter of the 2 idler pivot spacers (Fig. 0386).
Fig 0386
PICT-1784a
Fig 0388
PICT-1764
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-25
LINKAGE
15. Position the idler/brake rod assembly onto the machine so the torsion spring is hooked onto the frame. (Fig. 0389).
17. Install a nut onto the idler pivot bolt (Fig. 0391).
Fig 0391
PICT-1758
4
Fig 0389
PICT-1783
16. Align the idler pivot with the mounting hole on the frame and insert the idler pivot bolt (Fig. 0390).
18. Insert the lower end of the brake rod into the brake arm assembly (Fig. 0392).
Fig 0390
PICT-1759
Fig 0392
PICT-1757
4-26 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
19. Install a hairpin cotter into the lower end of the brake rod securing it to the brake arm (Fig. 0393).
21. Slide a washer onto the control rod trunnion (Fig,
0395).
Fig 0393
PICT-1756
20. Insert the control rod trunnion/clevis into the idler arm (Fig. 0394).
Fig 0395
PICT-1752
4
22. Install a hairpin cotter into the trunnion securing the control rod to the idler (Fig. 0396).
Fig 0394
PICT-1753
Fig 0396
PICT-1750a
23. Check the Brakes. Refer to “Checking the Brake
(T-Bar)” on page 3-75.
24. Check the Adjustment of the Control Bar. Refer to
“Control Bar Adjustment” on page 4-132.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-27
LINKAGE
Neutral Adjustment Stud
Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro)
Note: The side plate has been removed for photo purposes.
2. Remove the clevis pin (Fig. 0399).
Fig 0399
PICT-0924
4
Fig 0397
fi g. 10 G004912
3. Remove the nut from the top end of the adjustment stud (Fig. 0400).
Neutral Adjustment Stud Removal
1. Remove the cotterpin from the clevis pin securing the neutral adjustment stud yoke to the drive lever swivel (Fig. 0398).
Fig 0400
PICT-0925
4-28
Fig 0398
PICT-0923
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
4. Remove the washer and spring from the adjustment stud (Fig. 0401).
6. Remove the neutral adjustment stud assembly out of the spring mount bracket (Fig. 0403).
Fig 0401
PICT-0926a
Fig 0403
PICT-0928
4
7. Remove the 2 bolts and nuts securing the spring mount bracket to the frame (Fig. 0404).
mount bracket (Fig. 0402).
Fig 0402
PICT-0927
Fig 0404
PICT-0931
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-29
LINKAGE
8. Remove the spring mount bracket from the frame
(Fig. 0405).
10. Loosen the jam nut that secures the yoke to the neutral adjustment stud (Fig. 0407).
4
Fig 0405
PICT-0932
9. Remove the washer from the neutral adjustment stud (Fig. 0406).
Fig 0407
PICT-0936a
11. Remove the neural adjustment stud yoke (Fig.
0408).
Fig 0406
PICT-0934a
Fig 0408
PICT-0937a
4-30 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
12. Remove the nut from the neural adjustment stud
(Fig. 0409).
LINKAGE
Neutral Adjustment Stud Installation
1. Position the spring mount bracket to the frame (Fig.
0411).
Fig 0409
PICT-0939a
Fig 0411
PICT-0932
4
Neutral Adjustment Stud Assembly (Fig. 0410):
E
A
C
B
D
G
A
H
F
I
J
K
L
2. Install 2 bolts and nuts securing the spring mount bracket to the frame (Fig. 0412).
Fig 0410
PICT-0942a
A. Lock nut (3)
B. Flat washer
G. Flat washer
H. Adjustment stud
C. Neutral return spring I. Hex nut
D. Nylon bushing J. Adjustable yoke
E. Spring mount bracket K. Clevis pin
F. Carriage bolt (2) L. Hairpin cotter
Fig 0412
PICT-0931
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-31
LINKAGE
3. Install a jam nut onto the threads so that there is approximately 1/4” (6.4mm) space between the jam nut and the machined nut on the neutral stud (Fig.
0413).
5. Snug the jam nut against the yoke (Fig. 0415).
Fig 0415
PICT-1002a
4
Fig 0413
PICT-0998a
6. Slide the washer onto the end of the neutral adjustment stud opposite the yoke (Fig. 0416).
4. Thread the yoke onto the neural adjustment stud so that the end of the stud is fl ush with the opening of the yoke (Fig. 0414).
Fig 0414
PICT-1000a
Fig 0416
PICT-1003a
4-32 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
7. Insert the neutral adjustment stud assembly into the spring mount bracket (Fig. 0417).
9. Position the yoke to the short tab on the drive lever swivel and insert a clevis pin (Fig. 0419).
Fig 0417
PICT-1005
Fig 0419
PICT-1007
4
10. Secure the yoke to the drive lever swivel by installing a cotter pin into the clevis pin (Fig. 0420).
mount bracket (Fig. 0418).
Fig 0418
PICT-1006a
Fig 0420
PICT-1008
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-33
LINKAGE
11. Install the spring onto the adjustment stud (Fig.
0421).
13. Install a nut onto the top end of the adjustment stud. Tighten the nut until there are approximately 5 threads protruding past the nut (Fig. 0423).
4
Fig 0421
PICT-1009
12. Install a washer onto the adjustment stud (Fig.
0422).
Fig 0423
PICT-1012a
14. Adjust the Neutral Stud. Refer to “Neutral Stud
Adjustment” on page 4-126.
Fig 0422
PICT-1011a
4-34 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
Operator Presence Control Lever
Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro)
Note: The manual tube assembly and control panel cover have been removed for photo purposes.
2. Remove the left operator presence control lever from the operator presence control rod (Fig. 0426).
Fig 0426
PICT-0724
4
Fig 0424
fi g. 10 G004912
3. Remove the nylon bushing from the left side of the
OPC rod (Fig. 0427).
Operator Presence Control Lever Removal
1. Loosen and remove the set screw that retains the left side Operator Presence Control (OPC) lever to the operator presence control rod (Fig. 0425).
Fig 0425
PICT-0722
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0427
PICT-0726
4-35
LINKAGE
4. Repeat steps 1 thru 3 to remove the right side OPC lever.
5. Remove the extension spring located under the control panel (Fig. 0428).
7. Remove the PTO switch from the control panel (Fig.
0430).
4
Fig 0430
PICT-0729a
Fig 0428
PICT-0727
8. Remove the OPC rod by sliding it to the far right, dropping the left side of the rod, and remove the rod through the left side (Fig. 0431).
6. Unplug the wire harness from the PTO switch (Fig.
0429).
Fig 0429
PICT-0728
Fig 0431
PICT-0731
4-36 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
Operator Presence Control Lever
Installation
1. Install the Operator Presence Control (OPC) rod, spring tab end fi rst, through the left side of the control panel and install the right end of the rod into the opening on the right side handle bar. Sliding the rod further through the right side handle bar opening, install the left end of the rod through the left handle bar opening (Fig. 0432).
3. Plug the wire harness into the PTO switch (Fig.
0434).
Fig 0432
PICT-0736
2. Install the PTO switch into the control panel (Fig.
0433).
Fig 0434
PICT-0728
4
4. Install the extension spring onto the OPC rod and the tab on the underside of the control panel (Fig.
0435).
Fig 0433
PICT-0729a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0435
PICT-0727
4-37
LINKAGE
5. Install a nylon bushing onto each end of the OPC rod (Fig. 0436).
7. Install the OPC levers onto the ends of the OPC rod
(Fig. 0438).
4
Fig 0436
PICT-0726
Fig 0438
PICT-0724
6. Apply high strength thread locking compound (Loctite 680 or equivalent) onto both ends of the OPC rod (Fig. 0437).
8. Apply thread locking compound to the set screws
(Fig. 0439).
Fig 0437
PICT-0737
Fig 0439
PICT-0738a
4-38 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
9. Install one set screw into each OPC lever to secure the levers onto the OPC rod (Fig. 0440).
Speed Control Removal
1. Remove the knob from the speed control lever (Fig.
0442).
Fig 0440
PICT-0722
Fig 0442
IMG_8001a
4
Speed Control Replacement
(Pistol Grip Hydro)
Note: The Operator’s Manual tube assembly and control panel cover bracket have been removed for photo purposes.
2. Remove the hairpin cotter from the upper end of the speed control rod (Fig. 0443).
Fig 0441
fi g. 10 G004912
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0443
PICT-0743
4-39
LINKAGE
3. Remove the cotter pin from the lower end of the speed control rod (Fig. 0444).
5. Remove the nut from the pivoting sprung bolt (Fig.
0446).
4
Fig 0444
PICT-0747
Fig 0446
PICT-0751
4. Remove the washer and speed control rod assembly from the tab on the speed control crank assembly and remove it from the machine (Fig. 0445).
6. Remove the middle bolt and spring assembly securing the speed control handle to the control panel
(Fig. 0447).
Fig 0445
PICT-0750
Fig 0447
PICT-0754
4-40 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
7. Remove the lower bolt and nut securing the speed control handle to the control panel (Fig. 0448).
9. Remove the speed control handle (Fig. 0450).
Fig 0448
PICT-0755a
Fig 0450
PICT-0757a
4
10. Remove the remaining nut, bolt, washers and spring from the speed control lever assembly (Fig. 0451).
8. Remove the upper bolt and nut (Fig. 0449).
Fig 0449
PICT-0861
Fig 0451
PICT-0760a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-41
LINKAGE
Note: There are 2 washers between the shift lever and shift lever plate (Fig. 0452).
12. Remove the outside nut from both the left and right speed control link bolt assemblies (Fig. 0454).
4
Fig 0452
PICT-0763a
Fig 0454
PICT-0766
11. Release the pistol grip from neutral lock and place it in the drive position (Fig. 0453).
13. Remove the hairpin cotter from the right and left swivels installed through each end of the speed control crank (Fig. 0455).
Fig 0453
PICT-0764
Fig 0455
PICT-0770a
4-42 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
14. Remove the washer from the right and left swivels installed through each end of the speed control crank (Fig. 0456).
16. Secure the speed control crank in place and loosen the 2 screws securing each end of it to the crank support assembly (Fig. 0458).
Fig 0458
PICT-0776a
4
Fig 0456
PICT-0771a
15. Remove the left hand and right hand speed control links and bolt assemblies (Fig. 0457).
17. Remove the speed control crank from the machine
(Fig. 0459).
Fig 0457
PICT-0772
Fig 0459
PICT-0777
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-43
LINKAGE
18. Remove the 2 lower bolts and nuts securing the crank support assembly to the frame (Fig. 0460).
20. Remove the crank support from the machine (Fig.
0462).
4
Fig 0460
PICT-0786
19. While supporting the crank support, remove the 2 upper bolts and nuts (Fig. 0461).
Fig 0462
PICT-0789
21. On the right hand and left hand speed control links and the speed control rod, mark the location of the nut/swivel assembly on the threads of the link (Fig.
0463).
4-44
Fig 0461
PICT-0787
Fig 0463
PICT-0784a
A. Left hand speed control link
B. Speed control rod
C. Right hand speed control link
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
22. Loosen the jam nuts securing the trunnion in place on the threaded end of the speed control rod (Fig.
0464).
24. On the left hand speed control link, loosen the end nut (Fig. 0466).
Fig 0464
PICT-0793a
Fig 0466
PICT-0799a
23. Remove the 2 nuts and the trunnion from the speed control rod (Fig. 0465).
25. Remove the nuts, washers and the swivel from the left hand speed control link (Fig. 0467).
4
Fig 0465
PICT-0797a
Fig 0467
PICT-0800a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-45
LINKAGE
26. Remove the two nuts and the bolt from the slotted end of both control links (Fig. 0468).
28. Remove the spacer, washers, swivel, spring and nut from the control link (Fig. 0470).
4
Fig 0468
PICT-0805a
Fig 0470
PICT-0810a
27. Remove the knob from the right side speed control link assembly (Fig. 0469).
Speed Control Installation
1. Position the crank support to the rear of the frame
(Fig. 0471).
Note: The choke cable should be routed on the outside of the crank support.
4-46
Fig 0469
PICT-0808a
Fig 0471
PICT-0813
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
2. While supporting the crank support, loosely install the 2 upper bolts and nuts securing the crank support and handle to the frame (Fig. 0472).
Note: The bolts are installed with the nuts on the outside of the frame.
LINKAGE
4. Tighten the 4 nuts and bolts securing the crank support to the frame.
5. Apply thread locking compound to the threads of the
2 shoulder bolts that secure the speed control crank to the crank support (Fig. 0474).
Fig 0472
PICT-0787
Fig 0474
PICT-0815a
3. Install the 2 lower bolts and nuts securing the crank support assembly to the frame (Fig. 0473).
Note: The bolts are installed with the nuts on the inside of the frame.
6. Position the speed control crank to the crank support
(Fig. 0475).
Note: The choke cable is positioned between the speed control crank and the crank support.
4
Fig 0473
PICT-0786
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0475
PICT-0816
4-47
LINKAGE
7. Install 2 shoulder bolts securing the speed control crank to the crank support (Fig. 0476).
9. Install a spacer, 3 washers, a swivel, and a spring onto the control link (Fig. 0478).
4
Fig 0476
PICT-0818
Fig 0478
PICT-0886a
Right hand control link assembly:
8. Install one nut onto the control link, threading it down to the mark on the threads (Fig. 0477).
10. Install the knob onto the control link assembly (Fig.
0479).
Note: Tighten the knob until the spring measures
1.0” (2.5cm) in length.
Fig 0477
PICT-0822a
Fig 0479
PICT-0887a
4-48 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
11. Install the bolt into the slot of the control link.
Note: The slotted portion of the control link is offset and the bolt needs to be oriented as shown
(Fig. 0480):
Left Hand control link Assembly:
13. Install the bolt into the slot of the control link.
Note: The slotted portion of the control link is offset and the bolt needs to be oriented as shown
(Fig. 0482):
Fig 0480
PICT-6411a
Fig 0482
PICT-6411a
12. Install two nuts onto the bolt (fl ange side away from control link) so that there is 1/2” (1.27cm) of thread beyond the two nuts as shown (Fig. 0481):
14. Install two nuts onto the bolt (fl ange side away from control link) so that there is 1/2” (1.27cm) of thread beyond the two nuts as shown (Fig. 0483):
4
Fig 0481
PICT-6414b
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0483
PICT-6414b
4-49
LINKAGE
15. Install one nut onto the control link, threading it down to the mark (Fig. 0484).
17. Thread the second nut onto the control link. Snug fi t the nut down to the washer and swivel assembly
(Fig. 0486).
Note: The trunnion and the bolt should be oriented in opposite directions.
4
Fig 0484
PICT-0822a
16. Install 2 washers and the swivel onto the control link
(Fig. 0485).
Fig 0486
PICT-0831a
18. Position the right hand speed control link into the right side linkage and insert the speed control link bolt into the upper tab of the drive lever swivel (Fig.
0487).
4-50
Fig 0485
PICT-0830a
Fig 0487
PICT-0833
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
19. Install a nut onto the bolt securing the lower end of the speed control link to the drive lever swivel (Fig.
0488).
21. Slide a washer onto the trunnion and install a cotter pin securing the speed control link to the speed control crank (Fig. 0490).
Fig 0490
PICT-0893
4
Fig 0488
PICT-0835
20. Install the speed control link trunnion into the right hand tab on the speed control crank (Fig. 0489).
22. Repeat steps 18 thru 21 to install the left hand speed control link and bolt assembly into the left hand drive lever swivel and left hand tab of the speed control crank.
23. Tighten the 2 nuts on either side of the swivel on the upper end of the left hand control link (Fig. 0491).
Fig 0489
PICT-0890
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0491
PICT-0842
4-51
LINKAGE
24. Install a washer and a friction washer onto the shifter lever plate bolt (Fig. 0492).
26. Install a second friction washer onto the bolt (Fig.
0494).
4
Fig 0492
PICT-0843a
25. Insert the bolt/washer assembly into the slotted opening of the shifter lever plate (Fig. 0493).
Fig 0494
PICT-0846a
27. Position the shift lever onto the shifter lever plate
(Fig. 0495).
Fig 0493
PICT-0845a
Fig 0495
PICT-0848a
4-52 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
28. Position a spring onto the bolt assembly (Fig. 0496).
Tighten the nut until approximately 3 threads stick out past the nut (Fig. 0498).
Note: Do not collapse the spring.
Fig 0496
PICT-0849a
29. Install a lock nut onto the bolt (Fig. 0497).
Fig 0498
PICT-0852
30. Position a washer between the two plates and align the ID of the washer with the center hole in the lever plates (Fig. 0499).
4
Fig 0497
PICT-0850
Fig 0499
PICT-0854a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-53
LINKAGE
31. Position the speed control handle (Fig. 0500).
33. Loosely install the middle bolt, spring and nut, making sure the bolt goes through the washer in between the plates (Fig. 0502).
Fig 0500
PICT-0857a
4
32. Loosely install the upper and lower bolts and nuts
(Fig. 0501).
Fig 0502
PICT-0868
Tighten the middle nut until approximately 3 threads stick out past the nut (Fig. 0503).
Note: Do not collapse the spring.
Fig 0501
PICT-0864
Fig 0503
PICT-0872a
4-54 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
34. Tighten the upper and lower bolts and nuts (Fig.
0504).
LINKAGE
36. Install the knob onto the speed control lever (Fig.
0506).
Fig 0504
PICT-0873
Fig 0506
IMG_8001a
4
35. Apply thread locking compound to the threads of the speed control lever (Fig. 0505).
Speed Control Rod Assembly:
37. Install a nut onto the speed control rod threads, threading it to the mark made previously (Fig. 0507).
Fig 0505
PICT-0875a
Fig 0507
PICT-0876a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-55
LINKAGE
38. Slide a trunion onto the speed control rod and snug fi t a second nut against the trunnion (Fig. 0508).
40. Position the speed control rod trunnion into the tab on the speed control crank assembly (Fig. 0510).
4
Fig 0508
PICT-0878a
Fig 0510
PICT-0896
39. Position the speed control rod so that the upper end is installed in the forwardmost hole of the speed control lever. Install a hairpin cotter into the speed control rod securing it to the speed control lever (Fig.
0509).
41. Install a washer onto the trunnion and secure the trunnion with a cotter pin (Fig. 0511).
Fig 0509
PICT-0895
Fig 0511
PICT-0897
4-56 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
42. Tighten the jam nuts securing the speed control rod trunnion in place (Fig. 0512).
Drive Lever Swivel & Bearing
Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro)
Fig 0512
PICT-0898
Fig 0513
fi g. 10 G004912
4
43. Initially adjust the Neutral Stud. Refer to “Temporary
Neutral Stud Adjustment” on page 4-122.
44. Adjust the Speed Control Linkage. Refer to “Speed
Control Linkage Adjustment” on page 4-121.
45. Adjust the Neutral Stud. Refer to “Neutral Stud
Adjustment” on page 4-126.
Drive Lever Swivel & Bearing Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Remove the neutral return spring from the lower tab on the drive lever swivel (Fig. 0514).
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0514
PICT-0900
4-57
LINKAGE
3. Remove the 3 nuts, bolts and spacers securing the side plate to the frame (Fig. 0515).
5. Remove the 2 bolts, nuts and washers securing the side fl ange bearing to the side plate (Fig. 0517).
4
Fig 0515
PICT-0901
4. Remove the side plate from the frame (Fig. 0516).
Fig 0517
PICT-0906a
6. Remove the side fl ange bearing from the side plate
(Fig. 0518).
Fig 0516
PICT-0903
Fig 0518
PICT-0907
4-58 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
7. Remove the e-clip from the trunnion on the lower end of the drive lever rod (Fig. 0519).
LINKAGE
9. Move the speed control lever to the full forward position. Remove the outside nut from the lower end of the speed control link assembly (Fig. 0521).
Fig 0519
PICT-0908
Fig 0521
PICT-0911
8. Remove the trunnion from the drive lever swivel on the lower end of the drive lever rod (Fig. 0520).
10. Remove the speed control link from the drive lever swivel. Move the control link out of the way of the drive lever swivel (Fig. 0522).
4
Fig 0520
PICT-0909
Fig 0522
PICT-0912
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-59
LINKAGE
11. Remove the hairpin cotter from the clevis pin securing the neutral adjustment stud yoke to the drive lever swivel (Fig. 0523).
13. Loosen the 2 set screws securing the drive lever swivel to the hydro pump shaft (Fig. 0525).
Note: There is an access hole located in the frame below the drive lever swivel.
4
Fig 0523
PICT-0914
12. Remove the clevis pin (Fig. 0524).
Fig 0525
PICT-0916
14. Remove the drive lever swivel from the hydro pump shaft (Fig. 0526).
Fig 0524
PICT-0915
Fig 0526
PICT-0917
4-60 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
15. Remove the spring stud from the drive lever swivel
(Fig. 0527).
Drive Lever Swivel & Bearing Installation
1. Install a grease fi tting into the drive lever swivel (Fig.
0529).
Fig 0527
PICT-0918
Fig 0529
PICT-0920
16. Remove the grease fi tting from the drive lever swivel
(Fig. 0528).
2. Install the spring stud into the drive lever swivel (Fig.
0530).
4
Fig 0528
PICT-0920
Fig 0530
PICT-0918
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-61
LINKAGE
3. Position the drive lever swivel through the frame and onto the hydro pump shaft (Fig. 0531).
5. Install the 2 set screws securing the drive lever swivel to the hydro pump shaft (Fig. 0533).
Note: There is an access hole located in the frame below the drive lever swivel.
4
Fig 0531
PICT-0917
4. Apply thread locking compound to both drive lever swivel set screws (Fig. 0532).
Fig 0533
PICT-0916
6. Position the neutral adjustment stud yoke to the drive lever swivel and install a clevis pin (Fig. 0534).
Fig 0532
PICT-0922a
Fig 0534
PICT-0915
4-62 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
7. Install a hairpin cotter into the clevis pin securing the neutral adjustment stud yoke to the drive lever swivel (Fig. 0535).
9. Install the outside nut onto the speed control link bolt assembly (Fig. 0537).
Fig 0535
PICT-0914
Fig 0537
PICT-0911
8. Insert the speed control link bolt into the drive lever swivel (Fig. 0536).
10. Insert the trunnion on the lower end of the drive lever rod into the drive lever swivel (Fig. 0538).
4
Fig 0536
PICT-0912
Fig 0538
PICT-0909
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-63
LINKAGE
11. Install an e-clip onto the trunnion on the lower end of the drive lever rod (Fig. 0539).
13. Install a fl at washer onto the 2 bolts used to secure the bearing to the side plate. Loosely install the bearing to the side plate with the 2 bolt assemblies and nuts (Fig. 0541).
4
Fig 0539
PICT-0908
12. Position the side fl ange bearing to the side plate
(Fig. 0540).
Fig 0541
PICT-1015
14. Position the side plate so the bearing is installed on the hydro control shaft (Fig. 0542).
Fig 0540
PICT-0907
Fig 0542
PICT-1016
4-64 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
15. Insert a bolt through the side plate and slide a spacer onto the bolt. Loosely secure the bolt to the frame with a nut (Fig. 0543).
17. Tighten the nuts securing the side fl ange bearing in place on the side plate (Fig. 0545).
Fig 0543
PICT-1018
16. Repeat the above step with the other 2 bolt and spacer assemblies securing the side plate to the frame (Fig. 0544).
Fig 0545
PICT-1019
18. Install the spring onto the spring stud on the lower tab of the drive lever swivel (Fig. 0546).
4
Fig 0544
PICT-1019
Fig 0546
PICT-1020
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-65
LINKAGE
19. Apply grease to the side fl ange bearing (Fig. 0547).
Handle Assembly Replacement
(T-Bar)
4
Fig 0547
PICT-1021
Fig 0548
fi g. 7 G004812
20. Adjust the Speed Control Linkage. Refer to “Speed
Control Linkage Adjustment” on page 4-121.
21. Initially adjust the Neutral Stud. Refer to “Temporary
Neutral Stud Adjustment” on page 4-122.
22. Adjust the left and right hydro control linkages. Refer to “Hydro Control Linkage Adjustment” on page
4-123.
23. Adjust the Neutral Stud. Refer to “Neutral Stud
Adjustment” on page 4-126.
24. Check the Control Rod. Refer to “Checking the
Control Rod” on page 4-128.
25. Adjust the tracking. Refer to “Tracking Adjustment” on page 4-129.
Handle Assembly Removal (T-Bar)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery terminal from the battery.
4-66 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
3. Open the locking tab on the front of the Operator
Presence Control (OPC) switch. Unplug the harness from the OPC (Fig. 0549).
5. While holding the lock down, draw the wire and spade terminal out of the connector (Fig. 0551).
Fig 0549
PICT-1670a
Fig 0551
PICT-1692
4. Depress the connector lock with a small fl at screwdriver (Fig. 0550).
6. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to remove the second terminal from the switch.
7. Pull the wire harness from the center tube in the
T-bar (Fig. 0552).
4
Fig 0550
PICT-1689
Fig 0552
PICT-1694a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-67
LINKAGE
8. Remove the hairpin cotter from the lower end of the control rod (Fig. 0553).
10. Remove the trunnion/clevis from the idler arm (Fig.
0555).
4
Fig 0553
PICT-1672a
9. Remove the washer from the lower end of the control rod (Fig. 0554).
Fig 0555
PICT-1675
11. Remove the clevis pin from the trunnion (Fig. 0556).
Fig 0554
PICT-1673a
Fig 0556
PICT-1676a
4-68 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
12. Remove the trunnion from the control rod (Fig.
0557).
LINKAGE
14. Remove the control rod from the control bar/bail assembly (Fig. 0559).
Fig 0557
PICT-1678a
13. Remove the cotter pin from the upper end of the control rod (Fig. 0558).
Fig 0559
PICT-1682
4
15. Repeat steps 8 thru 14 to remove the opposite control rod.
16. Remove the bail from the handle assembly (Fig.
0560).
Fig 0558
PICT-1679a
Fig 0560
PICT-1698a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-69
LINKAGE
17. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the T-Bar to the handle assembly (Fig. 0561).
19. Slide the T-Bar off the handle assembly (Fig. 0563).
Fig 0563
PICT-1704a
4
Fig 0561
PICT-1701
18. Remove the bolt and then remove the parking brake lever (Fig. 0562).
20. Depress the OPC switch tabs and remove the switch from the T-Bar (Fig. 0564).
Fig 0562
PICT-1703a
Fig 0564
PICT-1707
4-70 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
21. Remove the 2 rubber grommets from the T-Bar (Fig.
0565).
23. Remove the clevis pin (Fig. 0567).
Fig 0565
PICT-1708a
22. Remove the cotter pin from the clevis pin securing the control pivot assembly to the handle bar (Fig.
0566).
Fig 0567
PICT-1712
4
24. Repeat steps 20 and 21 to remove the cotter pin and clevis from the opposite side.
25. Remove the control pivot assembly from the handle assembly (Fig. 0568).
Fig 0566
PICT-1710
Fig 0568
PICT-1713a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-71
LINKAGE
26. Remove the cable tie securing the throttle and choke cable to each side of the handle assembly (Fig.
0569).
28. Remove the 2 screws securing the bottom panel to the control panel. Remove the bottom panel (Fig.
0571).
4
Fig 0569
PICT-1716
Fig 0571
PICT-1719a
27. Remove the 2 screws securing the manual tube
R-clamps to the bottom of the control panel. Remove the manual tube assembly (Fig. 0570).
29. Remove the 4 bolts (2 on the left, 2 on the right) and nuts that secure the control panel to the handle (Fig.
0572).
Fig 0570
PICT-1718
Fig 0572
PICT-1720
4-72 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
30. Lower the control panel from the handle (Fig. 0573).
32. Remove the handle (Fig. 0575).
Fig 0573
PICT-1722
31. Remove the 4 bolts and nuts (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the handle to the frame (Fig. 0574).
Note: Make note of handle height adjustment location.
Fig 0575
PICT-1728
4
Handle Assembly Installation (T-Bar)
1. Position the handle to the frame (Fig. 0576).
Fig 0574
PICT-1725
Fig 0576
PICT-1728
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-73
LINKAGE
2. Install 4 bolts and nuts (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the handle to the frame (Fig. 0577).
3. Raise the control panel assembly into place on the handle bar (Fig. 0579).
4
Fig 0577
PICT-1725
Fig 0579
PICT-1732
Note: Position the lower set of bolts as previously noted for proper handle height adjustment
(Fig. 0578).
4. Install 4 bolts and nuts (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the control panel to the handle (Fig. 0580).
Fig 0578
PICT-1731
Fig 0580
PICT-1720
4-74 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
5. Position the bottom panel to the control panel and install 2 screws securing the back side of the bottom panel to the control panel (Fig. 0581).
7. Install a cable tie securing the throttle cable, and one securing the choke cable, to each side of the handle assembly. Trim the excess (Fig. 0583).
Fig 0583
PICT-1733
4
Fig 0581
PICT-1719a
6. Position the manual tube assembly to the control panel. Install 2 screws to secure the manual tube assembly R-clamps and bottom panel to the control panel (Fig. 0582).
8. Position the control pivot assembly into the handle assembly (Fig. 0584).
Fig 0582
PICT-1718
Fig 0584
PICT-1713a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-75
LINKAGE
9. Insert a clevis pin into each side of the control pivot assembly securing it to the handle assembly (Fig.
0585).
11. Install 2 rubber grommets (1 on the left, 1 on the right) into the T-Bar mounting holes (Fig. 0587).
4
Fig 0585
PICT-1712
Fig 0587
PICT-1708a
10. Install a cotter pin into each of the clevis pins (Fig.
0586).
12. Install the OPC switch into the switch housing on the
T-Bar (Fig. 0588).
Fig 0586
PICT-1710
Fig 0588
PICT-1707
4-76 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
13. Slide the T-Bar onto the handle assembly (Fig.
0589).
LINKAGE
15. Install a nut onto the bolt securing the parking brake lever and T-Bar to the handle assembly (Fig. 0591).
Note: Tighten the bolt and nut enough so the parking brake lever does not rattle but still rotates freely.
Fig 0589
PICT-1704a
14. Position the parking brake lever to the T-Bar and insert a bolt (Fig. 0590).
Fig 0591
PICT-1701
16. Position the bail into the handle assembly (Fig.
0592).
4
Fig 0590
PICT-1703a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0592
PICT-1698a
4-77
LINKAGE
17. Insert the top end of the control rod into the control bar/bail assembly (Fig. 0593).
19. Install the trunnion onto the control rod approximately 2” (5cm) (Fig. 0595).
4
Fig 0593
PICT-1682
Fig 0595
PICT-1678a
18. Install a cotter pin into the upper end of the control rod, securing it to the control bar/bail assembly (Fig.
0594).
20. Insert a clevis pin into the trunnion (Fig. 0596).
Fig 0594
PICT-1736
Fig 0596
PICT-1676a
4-78 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
21. Insert the clevis pin into the idler arm (Fig. 0597).
LINKAGE
23. Install a hairpin cotter into the clevis pin (Fig. 0599).
Fig 0597
PICT-1675
22. Install a washer onto the clevis pin (Fig. 0598).
Fig 0599
PICT-1672a
4
24. Repeat steps 17 - 23 to install the control rod on the opposite side.
25. Feed the wire harness up through the center T-bar tube (Fig. 0600).
Fig 0598
PICT-1740
Fig 0600
PICT-1694a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-79
LINKAGE
26. Plug the two harness wires into the harness connector as shown (Fig. 0601):
28. Connect the negative battery terminal to the battery.
29. Check the Adjustment of the Control Bar. Refer to
“Control Bar Adjustment” on page 4-132.
Handle Assembly Removal (T-2)
4
Fig 0601
PICT-1742
27. Plug the harness connector into the OPC switch
(Fig. 0602).
Fig 0603
fi g. 3 G006080
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery terminal from the battery.
Fig 0602
PICT-1744
4-80 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
3. Remove the 4 screws (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the control panel cover to the control panel
(Fig. 0604).
5. Unplug the harness from the parking brake switch
(Fig. 0606).
Fig 0604
PICT-1921
Fig 0606
PICT-2021
6. Unplug the harness from the PTO switch (Fig. 0607).
4
4. Remove the control panel cover/manual tube assembly (Fig. 0605).
Fig 0605
PICT-1923
Fig 0607
PICT-2022
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-81
LINKAGE
7. Remove the PTO switch from the control panel (Fig.
0608).
9. Remove the nut securing the ignition switch to the control panel (Fig. 0610).
4
Fig 0608
PICT-2023
8. Unplug the harness wire and connector from the ignition switch (Fig. 0609).
Fig 0610
PICT-2025a
10. Remove the lockwasher from the ignition switch (Fig.
0611).
Fig 0609
PICT-2024
Fig 0611
PICT-2026
4-82 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
11. Remove the ignition switch from the control panel
(Fig. 0612).
LINKAGE
13. Unplug the harness from the hour meter (Fig. 0614).
Fig 0612
PICT-2027
Fig 0614
PICT-2029
4
14. Remove the locking tab from the back side of the hour meter (Fig. 0615).
12. Unplug the harness from the Operator Presence
Control (OPC) switch (Fig. 0613).
Fig 0613
PICT-2028
Fig 0615
PICT-2037
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-83
LINKAGE
15. Remove the hour meter from the control panel (Fig.
0616).
17. Unplug the kill relay from the harness connector
(Fig. 0618).
4
Fig 0616
PICT-2039a
16. Unplug the latching relay from the harness connector (Fig. 0617).
Fig 0618
PICT-2035
18. Remove the bolt and nut securing the two relay harness connector blocks to the control panel (Fig.
0619).
Fig 0617
PICT-2041a
Fig 0619
PICT-2036
4-84 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
19. Remove the cable tie securing the harness to the throttle cable (Fig. 0620).
LINKAGE
21. Pull the harness through the frame and lay it across the engine so it is out of the way of the handle.
22. At the front of the engine, loosen the cable clamps securing the throttle (bottom) and choke (top) cables to the engine (Fig. 0622).
Fig 0620
PICT-2043
20. Remove the cable tie securing the harness to the frame (left of the fuel tank, above the parking brake)
(Fig. 0621).
A. Choke
Fig 0622
PICT-0309
B. Throttle
23. Remove the throttle and choke cables from the cable clamps and disconnect the z-bends from the control linkage (Fig. 0623).
4
Fig 0621
PICT-2047
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0623
PICT-0310
4-85
LINKAGE
24. Cut the cable ties at the following locations (Fig.
0624 and Fig. 0625):
25. Remove the 2 screws and nuts securing the throttle control assembly to the control panel (Fig. 0626).
4
Fig 0624
PICT-2051
A. Throttle/choke
B. Throttle/neutral proximity switch wire/frame
C. Throttle/frame
Fig 0626
PICT-2053
26. Remove the throttle control assembly from the control panel (Fig. 0627).
D. Choke/frame
Fig 0625
PICT-2052
Fig 0627
PICT-2057
4-86 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
27. Remove the 2 screws and nuts securing the choke control assembly to the control panel (Fig. 0628).
29. Remove the 2 bolts and nuts securing the parking brake handle support to the frame (Fig. 0630).
Fig 0628
PICT-2054
Fig 0630
PICT-2060
4
28. Remove the choke control assembly from the control panel (Fig. 0629).
30. Swing the parking brake assembly forward so it is out of the way to permit handle assembly removal.
31. Remove the hairpin cotter from the upper end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0631).
Fig 0629
PICT-2058
Fig 0631
PICT-2064
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-87
LINKAGE
32. Remove the washer from the upper end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0632).
34. Repeat steps 31 - 33 to remove the control rod from the opposite motion control lever assembly.
35. Remove the spring from the right hand control lever assembly (Fig. 0634).
4
Fig 0632
PICT-2065
33. Remove the upper end of the control rod from the tab on the control handle (Fig. 0633).
Fig 0634
PICT-2071
36. Remove the 2 screws securing the OPC switch to the control lever assembly (Fig. 0635).
Fig 0633
PICT-2066
Fig 0635
PICT-2073a
4-88 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
37. Remove the OPC switch and threaded spacer plate
(Fig. 0636).
39. Remove the right hand lever from the control panel
(Fig. 0638).
Fig 0636
PICT-2075
Fig 0638
PICT-2080a
4
38. Remove the nut and bolt securing the right hand lever assembly to the motion control assembly (Fig.
0637).
40. Remove the 2 carriage bolts and nuts securing the center support bracket to the control panel (Fig.
0639).
Fig 0637
PICT-2076
Fig 0639
PICT-2083
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-89
LINKAGE
41. Remove the 2 outside bolts (1 left, 1 right) securing the motion control lever linkage to the handle assembly (Fig. 0640).
43. Slide the right hand motion control assembly off the pivot shaft (Fig. 0642).
4
Fig 0640
PICT-2084
42. Remove the motion control lever linkage from the handle assembly (Fig. 0641).
Fig 0642
PICT-2088a
44. Remove the bolt securing the right hand pivot shaft to the center support bracket (Fig. 0643).
Fig 0641
PICT-2098
Fig 0643
PICT-2089a
4-90 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
45. Slide the left hand control lever off the left hand pivot shaft (Fig. 0644).
47. Remove the 6 bushings from the control assemblies
(2 left, 4 right) (Fig. 0646).
Fig 0644
PICT-2090a
A. One on each side
Fig 0646
PICT-2095a
4
46. Remove the bolt securing the left hand pivot shaft to the center support bracket (Fig. 0645).
48. Remove the nut and washer securing the handle stop lever cam to the right control lever (Fig. 0647).
Fig 0645
PICT-2091a
Fig 0647
PICT-2108
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-91
LINKAGE
49. Remove the handle stop lever cam from the right control lever (Fig. 0648).
51. Remove the handle assembly from the frame (Fig.
0650).
4
Fig 0648
PICT-2109
50. Remove the 6 bolts (3 left, 3 right) securing the handle assembly to the frame (Fig. 0649).
Fig 0650
PICT-2092
Handle Assembly Installation (T-2)
1. Position the handle assembly to the frame (Fig.
0651).
Fig 0649
PICT-2069
Fig 0651
PICT-2092
4-92 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
2. Install 6 bolts (3 left, 3 right) securing the handle assembly to the frame (Fig. 0652).
LINKAGE
4. Position the handle stop lever cam onto the right control lever (Fig. 0654).
Fig 0652
PICT-2069
Fig 0654
PICT-2109
4
3. Install 6 bushings into the control assemblies (2 left,
4 right) (Fig. 0653).
5. Loosely install a washer and nut to secure the handle stop lever cam to the right control lever (Fig.
0655).
A. One on each side
Fig 0653
PICT-2095a
Fig 0655
PICT-2108
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-93
LINKAGE
6. Position the left hand pivot shaft to the center support bracket and loosely install a bolt securing the pivot shaft to the center support bracket (Fig. 0656).
8. Position the right hand pivot shaft to the center support bracket and loosely install a bolt securing the pivot shaft to the center support bracket (Fig. 0658).
4
Fig 0656
PICT-2091a
Fig 0658
PICT-2089a
7. Slide the left hand control lever onto the left hand pivot shaft (Fig. 0657).
9. Slide the right hand motion control assembly onto the pivot shaft (Fig. 0659).
Fig 0657
PICT-2090a
Fig 0659
PICT-2088a
4-94 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
10. Position the motion control lever linkage into the control panel handle assembly (Fig. 0660).
LINKAGE
12. Loosely install 2 carriage bolts and nuts, securing the center support bracket to the control panel (Fig.
0662).
Fig 0660
PICT-2098
Fig 0662
PICT-2083
11. Loosely install 2 bolts (1 left, 1 right) from the outside of the handle assembly, securing the motion control lever linkage to the handle assembly (Fig. 0661).
13. Position the right hand lever into the opening on the right hand side of the control panel (Fig. 0663).
4
Fig 0661
PICT-2084
Fig 0663
PICT-2080a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-95
LINKAGE
14. Install a bolt and nut, securing the right hand lever assembly to the motion control linkage assembly
(Fig. 0664).
B. 2 bolts install from the outside of the handle assembly.
4
Fig 0664
PICT-2076
15. Tighten the bolts and nuts previously installed (Fig.
0665, Fig. 0666 and Fig. 0667):
A. 2 carriage bolts.
Fig 0666
PICT-2084
C. 2 bolts securing the right and left hand pivot shafts to the center support bracket.
Fig 0665
PICT-2100
Fig 0667
PICT-2100
4-96 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
16. Position the right hand control lever so it aligns with the left hand control lever (Fig. 0668).
18. Position the OPC switch and threaded spacer plate onto the motion control linkage (Fig. 0670).
Fig 0668
PICT-2112a
Fig 0670
PICT-2075
4
17. Rotate the handle stop lever cam until the gap between the cam and the right hand control handle is removed. Tighten the nut (Fig. 0669).
19. Install 2 screws securing the OPC switch and spacer to the motion control lever assembly (Fig. 0671).
Fig 0669
PICT-2114
Fig 0671
PICT-2073a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-97
LINKAGE
20. With the right control lever in the operating position, there should be .10” (2.5mm) gap between the OPC switch plunger and the control arm tab. Adjust the switch location as needed (Fig. 0672).
22. Insert the upper end of the control linkage rod into the tab on the control handle (Fig. 0674).
4
Fig 0672
PICT-2104
Fig 0674
PICT-2066
21. Install the spring onto the right hand motion control lever assembly (Fig. 0673).
23. Slide a washer onto the upper end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0675).
Fig 0673
PICT-2071
Fig 0675
PICT-2065
4-98 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
24. Install a hairpin cotter into the upper end of the control linkage rod (Fig. 0676).
27. Install 2 bolts and nuts securing the parking brake handle support to the frame (Fig. 0678).
Fig 0676
PICT-2064
Fig 0678
PICT-2060
4
25. Repeat steps 22 - 24 to install the opposite side control rod.
26. Swing the parking brake assembly into position so the mounting holes align with the holes in the frame
(Fig. 0677).
28. Slide the choke cable through the control panel and insert the choke control handle assembly into the control panel (Fig. 0679).
Fig 0677
PICT-2106
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0679
PICT-2058
4-99
LINKAGE
29. Install 2 screws and nuts securing the choke control assembly to the control panel (Fig. 0680).
31. Install 2 screws and nuts securing the throttle control assembly to the control panel (Fig. 0682).
4
Fig 0680
PICT-2054
Fig 0682
PICT-2053
30. Slide the throttle cable through the control panel and insert the throttle control handle assembly into control panel (Fig. 0681).
32. Route the throttle and choke cables around the hydrostatic pumps, to the left of the engine and up to the front of the engine (Fig. 0683).
Fig 0681
PICT-2057
Fig 0683
PICT-2119
4-100 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
33. Hook the z-bend of the choke cable to the choke control lever and loosely clamp the outer housing of the choke cable into the cable clamp (Fig. 0684).
35. Ensure the carburetor choke plate is fully open (Fig.
0686).
Note: The air fi lter has been removed to show the carburetor choke plate.
Fig 0684
PICT-0331
Fig 0686
PICT-0333
34. Move the choke control knob to the “open” position
(Fig. 0685).
36. Pull up the outer housing of the choke cable until the inner wire has almost no slack and tighten the cable clamp bolt (Fig. 0687).
4
Fig 0685
PICT-0332a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0687
PICT-0334
4-101
LINKAGE
37. Move the choke control knob to the “choke“ position
(Fig. 0688).
39. Make sure the choke plate turns from the fully closed position to the fully open position when actuating the choke control knob.
40. Hook the z-bend of the throttle cable to the throttle control lever and loosely clamp the outer housing of the throttle cable into the cable clamp (Fig. 0690).
4
Fig 0688
PICT-0336
38. Ensure the carburetor choke plate is fully closed
(Fig. 0689).
Fig 0690
PICT-0338
41. Move the throttle control knob to the “fast” position
(Fig. 0691).
4-102
Fig 0689
PICT-0335
Fig 0691
PICT-0339
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
42. Pull up the outer housing of the throttle cable until the inner wire has almost no slack and tighten to cable clamp bolt (Fig. 0692).
44. Install cable ties at the following locations (Fig. 0694 and Fig. 0695):
Fig 0692
PICT-0341a
43. Move the throttle control knob to the “slow” position.
Ensure the carburetor throttle control moves smoothly (Fig. 0693).
Fig 0694
PICT-2051
A. Throttle/choke
B. Throttle/neutral proximity switch wire/frame
C. Throttle/frame
4
Fig 0693
PICT-0342
D. Choke/frame
Fig 0695
PICT-2052
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-103
LINKAGE
45. Route the harness up the left side of the frame and into the control panel.
46. Install a bolt and nut securing each of the relay harness connector blocks to the control panel (Fig.
0696).
48. Plug the latching relay into the harness connector
(Fig. 0698).
4
Fig 0698
PICT-2041a
Fig 0696
PICT-2036
49. Install the hour meter into the control panel (Fig.
0699).
47. Plug the kill relay into the harness connector (Fig.
0697).
4-104
Fig 0697
PICT-2035
Fig 0699
PICT-2039a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
50. Install the locking tab onto the back side of the hour meter (Fig. 0700).
52. Plug the harness into the OPC switch (Fig. 0702).
Fig 0700
PICT-2037
Fig 0702
PICT-2028
4
53. Position the ignition switch into the control panel
(Fig. 0703).
51. Plug the harness into the hour meter (Fig. 0701).
Fig 0701
PICT-2029
Fig 0703
PICT-2027
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-105
LINKAGE
54. Install a lockwasher onto the ignition switch (Fig.
0704).
56. Plug the harness wire and connector into the ignition switch (Fig. 0706).
4
Fig 0704
PICT-2026
Fig 0706
PICT-2024
55. Install a nut securing the ignition switch to the control panel (Fig. 0705).
57. Install the PTO switch into the control panel (Fig.
0707).
Fig 0705
PICT-2025
Fig 0707
PICT-2023
4-106 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
58. Plug the harness into the PTO switch (Fig. 0708).
LINKAGE
60. Install a cable tie securing the harness to the frame left of the fuel tank, above the parking brake (Fig.
0710).
Fig 0708
PICT-2022
Fig 0710
PICT-2047
4
59. Plug the harness into the parking brake switch (Fig.
0709).
61. Install a cable tie securing the harness to the throttle cable just below throttle control handle, inside the frame (Fig. 0711).
Fig 0709
PICT-2021
Fig 0711
PICT-2043
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-107
LINKAGE
62. Position the control panel cover/manual tube assembly to the control panel (Fig. 0712).
Choke Cable Replacement
Choke Cable Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Loosen the clamp that secures the choke cable to the engine (Fig. 0714).
4
Fig 0712
PICT-1923
63. Install 4 screws (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the control panel cover to the control panel (Fig.
0713).
Fig 0714
PICT-0627
3. Remove the choke cable from the clamp and remove the z-bend from the choke control lever (Fig.
0715).
Fig 0713
PICT-1921
64. Connect the negative battery terminal to the battery.
4-108
Fig 0715
PICT-0630
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
4. Remove the cable tie located above the left tire that secures the choke and throttle cable together (Fig
0716).
6. T2 Models: Remove the cable tie securing the choke cable to the right side of the control panel
(Fig. 0718).
Fig 0718
PICT-2052
4
Fig 0716
PICT-0632
5. Pistol Grip & T-Bar Models: Remove the cable tie securing the choke cable to the right handle (Fig.
0717).
7. Remove the 2 screws and nuts securing the choke handle to the right handle (Fig. 0719).
Fig 0717
PICT-0633
Fig 0719
PICT-0635
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-109
LINKAGE
8. Remove the choke handle, cable and gasket assembly out through the control panel (Fig. 0720).
Choke Cable Installation
1. Slide the gasket onto the choke handle assembly
(Fig. 0722).
4
Fig 0720
PICT-0636a
9. Remove the gasket from the handle assembly (Fig.
0721).
Fig 0722
PICT-0638a
2. Slide the choke cable through the opening on the control panel (Fig. 0723).
Fig 0721
PICT-0637a
Fig 0723
PICT-0636a
4-110 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
3. Insert the handle into the opening in the control panel. Install 2 screws and nuts to secure the choke handle to the right handle bar (Fig. 0724).
5. Pistol Grip & T2 models: Position the choke cable between the hydro pumps (Fig. 0726).
Fig 0724
PICT-0647
Fig 0726
PICT-0640
4. Pistol Grip models only: Continue routing the choke cable between the tracking rod and bracket (Fig.
0725).
6. T-Bar models only: Continue routing the choke cable down under the right hand gear driveshaft
(Fig. 0727).
4
Fig 0725
PICT-0639
Fig 0727
PICT-1495a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-111
LINKAGE
7. Route the choke cable under the electrical harness, around the left side of the engine and up to the front side of the engine (Fig. 0728).
9. Slide the choke cable into the upper cable clamp and loosely clamp the outer cable housing (Fig.
0730).
4
Fig 0728
PICT-0641
Fig 0730
PICT-0627
8. Hook the choke cable z-bend to the choke control lever (Fig. 0729).
10. Move the choke control to the open position (Fig.
0731).
Fig 0729
PICT-0630
Fig 0731
PICT-0648
4-112 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
11. Make sure that the carburetor choke plate is fully open (Fig. 0732).
Note: The air fi lter has been removed to show the carburetor choke plate.
13. Install a cable tie securing the choke cable to the throttle cable above the left tire. Cut off the excess cable tie (Fig. 0734).
Fig 0734
PICT-0684a
4
Fig 0732
PICT-0333
12. Pull on the outer cable housing until the inner wire has almost no slack. Tighten the cable clamp bolt
(Fig. 0733).
14. Pistol Grip & T-Bar Models: Install a cable tie securing the choke cable to the right handle bar. Cut off the excess cable tie (Fig. 0735).
Fig 0733
PICT-0331
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0735
PICT-0651
4-113
LINKAGE
15. T2 Models: Install a cable tie securing the choke cable to the right side of the control panel (Fig.
0736).
Throttle Cable Replacement
Throttle Cable Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Loosen the clamp that secures the throttle cable to the engine (Fig. 0737).
4
Fig 0736
PICT-2052
16. Make sure that the choke valve turns from the fully closed position to the fully open position when actuating the choke control handle.
Fig 0737
PICT-0652
3. Remove the throttle cable from the clamp and remove the z-bend from the throttle control lever
(Fig. 0738).
4-114
Fig 0738
PICT-0657
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
4. Remove the cable tie located above the left tire that secures the throttle and choke cable together (Fig
0739).
6. Slide the throttle cable out of the R-clamp (Fig.
0741).
Fig 0739
PICT-0632
5. Loosen the screw securing the R-clamp to the frame, located behind the left tire (Fig. 0740).
Fig 0741
PICT-0658
7. Pistol Grip & T-Bar Models: Remove the cable tie securing the throttle cable to the left handle (Fig.
0742).
4
Fig 0740
PICT-0661
Fig 0742
PICT-0662
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-115
LINKAGE
8. T2 Models: Remove the cable tie securing the harness to the throttle cable (Fig. 0743).
10. Remove the 2 screws and nuts securing the throttle handle assembly to the left handle (Fig. 0745).
4
Fig 0743
PICT-2043
9. Cut the cable ties at the following locations (Fig.
0744).
Fig 0745
PICT-0667
11. Remove the throttle handle cable and gasket assembly out through the control panel (Fig. 0746).
Fig 0744
PICT-2051
A. Throttle/neutral proximity switch wire/frame
B. Throttle/frame
Fig 0746
PICT-0670a
4-116 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
12. Remove the gasket from the handle assembly (Fig.
0747).
2. Slide the throttle cable through the opening on the control panel (Fig. 0749).
Fig 0747
PICT-0671
Fig 0749
PICT-0670a
4
Throttle Cable Installation
1. Slide the gasket onto the throttle handle assembly
(Fig. 0748).
3. Pistol Grip models only: Route the throttle cable between the tracking rod and bracket (Fig. 0750).
Fig 0748
PICT-0672a
Fig 0750
PICT-0673
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-117
LINKAGE
4. Pistol Grip models only: Continue routing the throttle cable under the left hand control shaft between the left pump and frame (Fig. 0751).
6. T2 Models: Route the cable between the left pump and frame (Fig. 0753).
4
Fig 0751
PICT-0674
Fig 0753
IMG_8008a
5. T-Bar models only: Continue routing the throttle cable under the left hand gear driveshaft (Fig. 0752).
7. Slide the throttle cable through the R-clamp, around the left side of the engine and to the front of the engine (Fig. 0754).
Fig 0752
PICT-1494
Fig 0754
PICT-0658
4-118 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
8. Insert the handle into the opening in the control panel. Install 2 screws and nuts to secure the throttle handle to the left handle bar (Fig. 0755).
10. Slide the throttle cable into the upper cable clamp and loosely clamp the outer cable housing (Fig.
0757).
Fig 0757
PICT-0678
4
Fig 0755
PICT-0667
9. Hook the z-bend of the throttle control lever (Fig.
0756).
11. Move the throttle control to the fast position (Fig.
0758).
Fig 0756
PICT-0675
Fig 0758
PICT-0680
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-119
LINKAGE
12. Pull on the outer cable housing until the inner wire has almost no slack. Tighten the cable clamp bolt
(Fig. 0759).
14. Install a cable tie securing the throttle cable to the choke cable above the left tire. Cut off excess (Fig.
0761).
4
Fig 0759
PICT-0682
Fig 0761
PICT-0684a
13. Install a cable tie securing the throttle cable to the left handle bar. Cut off excess (Fig. 0760).
15. Tighten the R-clamp screw securing the throttle cable to the frame (Fig. 0762).
4-120
Fig 0760
PICT-0683a
Fig 0762
PICT-0661
16. Move the throttle lever to the slow position. Make sure that the carburetor throttle valve moves smoothly to the closed position.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Linkage Adjustments
Speed Control Linkage Adjustment
(Pistol Grip Hydro)
1. Disengage the PTO and set the parking brake.
2. Stop the engine and remove the key.
3. Move the speed control lever to the full forward position (Fig. 0763).
LINKAGE
4. Check the orientation of the tabs on the ends of the speed control crank. These tabs should be pointing straight down, at approximately the 6 o’clock position
(Fig. 0764).
Side View
Fig 0763
PICT-0711a
B
D
C
A
B
D
A
E
A. Speed control rod
Fig 0764
fi g. 44 G001963
D. Tabs, 6 o’clock position
E. Swivel
C. Speed control crank
4
5. If adjustment is needed, loosen the nuts on both sides of the swivel on the speed control rod (Fig.
0764).
6. Adjust the swivel until the tabs are at the 6 o’clock position (Fig. 0764).
7. Tighten the nuts on both sides of the swivel (Fig.
0764).
8. Pull the speed control lever back to neutral.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-121
LINKAGE
4
9. Check the travel of the shift lever in the control panel slot. The shift lever travel should be approximately centered in the control panel slot (Fig. 0765).
E
D
Temporary Neutral Stud Adjustment
Note: Perform the following procedure on both the left and right side.
1. Move the left and right neutral lock latches to the unlatched position.
2. Move the speed control lever to the neutral position
(Fig. 0766).
A
B
C
Fig 0765
fi g. 45 G001964
A. Actuating tab D. Switch plate
B. 1/8” - 1/4” (3 - 6mm) E. Neutral bracket
space
B
D
A
E
C
10. If needed, adjust the swivel on the speed control rod to center the shift lever travel (Fig. 0764).
11. With the speed control lever in the neutral position, check to make sure the safety switch is depressed and there is 1/8” to 1/4” (3 to 6mm) space between the actuating tab and the safety switch (Fig. 0765).
12. To adjust the switch location, loosen the two neutral bracket screws holding the switch plate to the frame
(Fig. 0765).
13. Adjust the switch up or down to obtain 1/8 to 1/4 inch
(3 to 6 mm) space (Fig. 0765).
14. Tighten the two neutral bracket screws holding the switch plate (Fig. 0765).
Fig 0766
fi g. 43 G001962
A. Speed control lever D. Medium speed position
B. Full speed position E. Control panel
4-122 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
3. Loosen the nut against the yoke (Fig. 0767).
F
G
A
C
D
B
E
F
Fig 0767
fi g. 46 G001965
A. Neutral control linkage E. Slot in control arm
B. Yoke bracket
C. Neutral stud
D. Nut against yoke
F. Clevis pin
G. Clevis pin does not contact the back of slot
Hydro Control Linkage Adjustment
!
!
Engine must be running so control linkage adjustments can be performed. Contact with moving parts or hot surfaces may cause personal injury.
Keep hands, feet, face, clothing and other body parts away from rotating parts, muffl er and other hot surfaces.
!
!
Mechanical or hydraulic jacks may fail to support machine and cause a serious injury.
• Use jack stands when supporting machine.
• Do not use hydraulic jacks.
4
4. Adjust the length of the neutral stud and yoke assembly so the clevis pin does not contact the back of the slot in the control arm bracket (Fig. 0767).
5. Tighten the nut against the yoke (Fig. 0767).
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-123
LINKAGE
Adjusting the Left Side Linkage (Pistol Grip)
1. Disengage the PTO and set the parking brake.
2. Stop the engine and wait for all moving parts to stop before leaving the operating position.
3. Support the rear of the machine on jack stands so the drive wheels are off of the ground.
4. Disengage the parking brake.
5 Start the engine and move the throttle to the full throttle position.
6. Press and hold the OPC levers down.
4
Note: The OPC levers must be held down whenever the speed control lever is out of the neutral position or the engine will kill.
7. Place the left drive lever in the full forward position.
8. Place the speed control lever in the neutral position.
!
!
Electrical system will not perform proper safety shut off with Operator Presence Control (OPC) levers fastened in place.
• Make sure Operator Presence Control (OPC) levers are working when adjustment is completed.
• Never operate this unit with Operator Presence
Control (OPC) levers fastened in place.
9. Loosen the front adjusting nut on left hydro control linkage as shown in (Fig. 0768).
A
D
B
C
Fig 0768
fi g. 48 G001519
A. Hydro control linkage C. Rear adjusting nut
B. Front adjusting nut D. Control arm
10. Turn the rear adjusting nut counterclockwise until wheel rotates forward (Fig. 0768).
11. Turn the rear adjusting nut clockwise 1/4 of a turn.
Then move the speed control lever forward and back to neutral. Repeat this until left wheel stops rotating forward (Fig. 0768).
4-124 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
Note: Make sure flat part of linkage is perpendicular to the pin of swivel (Fig. 0769).
A
Note: If inconsistent neutral occurs, check to be sure both springs are properly tightened on the speed control lever under the console, especially the rear pivot spring. Repeat above adjustments if necessary (Fig. 0770).
A
B
D
90 Degrees
C
C
B
Fig 0769
fi g. 47 G001735
A. Hydro control linkage C. Incorrect position
B. Swivel
C
Fig 0770
A. Speed control lever C. Spring
B. Rear pivot spring
B
fi g. 49 G001520
4
12. After adjusting the left hydro control linkage, move the speed control lever forward and then back to the neutral position.
13. Make sure the speed control lever is in the neutral position and the tire does not rotate.
14. Repeat the adjustment if needed.
15. Tighten the front nut on left hydro control linkage shown in Fig. 0768.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-125
LINKAGE
4
Adjusting the Right Side Linkage
(Pistol Grip)
1. With the machine on jack stands, place the speed control lever in the neutral position.
2. Place the right drive lever in the full forward position.
3. Hold the OPC levers down.
Note: The OPC levers must be held down whenever the speed control lever is out of the neutral position or the engine will kill.
4. Adjust the right side linkage by turning the quick track knob counterclockwise until the tire begins to rotate forward (Fig. 0771).
5. Turn the knob clockwise 1/4 of a turn. Then move the speed control forward and back to neutral.
Repeat this until right wheel stops rotating forward
(Fig. 0771).
6. If necessary, adjust the length of spring to 1” (26mm) between the washers (Fig. 0771).
7. Adjust the spring length by turning the nut at the front of spring (Fig. 0771).
8. After adjusting the right hydro control linkage, move the speed control lever forward and then back to the neutral position.
9. Make sure the speed control lever is in the neutral position and the tire does not rotate.
10. Repeat adjustment if needed.
A
E
C
B
Neutral Stud Adjustment (Pistol Grip)
!
!
Electrical system will not perform proper safety shut off with Operator Presence Control (OPC) levers held in place.
• Make sure Operator Presence Control (OPC) levers are working when adjustment is completed.
• Never operate this unit with Operator Presence Control (OPC) levers held in place.
D
Fig 0771
fi g. 50 G001968
A. Hydro control linkage D. 1” (26mm)
B. Quick track knob E. Nut in front of spring
C. Spring
4-126 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
!
!
Mechanical or hydraulic jacks may fail to support machine and cause a serious injury.
• Use jack stands when supporting machine.
• Do not use hydraulic jacks.
3. Adjust the left and right neutral stud until the clevis pin in the yoke touches the back end of the slot in the control arm (Fig. 0772).
1. With the machine on jack stands, place the speed control lever in the neutral position.
2. Hold the OPC levers down.
Note: The OPC levers must be held down whenever the speed control lever is out of the neutral position or the engine will kill.
A
E
H
C
G
D
B
F
Fig 0772
fi g. 51 G001969
A. Neutral control linkage E. Slot in control arm
B. Yoke bracket
C. Neutral stud
D. Nut
F. Celvis pin
G. Spring
H. Back end of slot
4
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-127
LINKAGE
4. Move the speed control lever to the full forward position.
5. Squeeze one drive lever until an increased resistance is felt. This is neutral position. This is where the clevis pin in the yoke comes to the back end of the slot in the control arm bracket.
Note: Make sure you have not reached the end of the neutral lock slot. If you have, shorten the control lever linkage. Refer to Adjusting the
Control Rod.
6. If the wheel turns while holding the drive lever in neutral, the neutral stud needs to be adjusted (Fig.
0772). If wheel stops then go to step 11.
7. Loosen the nut against the yoke (Fig. 0772).
4
8. Make adjustments while holding the respective drive wheel control in the neutral position (increased resistance) (Fig. 0772).
9. Turn the neutral stud approximately 1/4 turn clockwise if the wheel is turning in reverse or turn the bolt approximately 1/4 turn counterclockwise if the wheel is turning forward (Fig. 0772).
10. Release the drive lever to the forward drive position and squeeze back into the neutral position. Check to see if the wheel stops. If not, repeat the above adjustment procedure.
11. After adjustment is made, tighten the nut against the yoke.
12. Repeat this procedure for the opposite side.
Adjusting the Control Rod
(Pistol Grip)
Checking the Control Rod
1. With rear of machine still on jack stands and engine running at full throttle, move the speed control lever to “medium” speed position.
Note: The OPC levers must be held down whenever the speed control lever is out of the neutral position or the engine will kill.
2. Move the respective drive lever upward until it reaches the neutral position and engage neutral locks.
3. If the tire rotates in either direction, the length of the control rod will need to be adjusted.
Adjusting the Control Rod
1. Adjust the rod length by releasing the drive lever and removing the hairpin cotter pin and clevis pin. Rotate the rod in the rod fitting (Fig. 0773).
B
C
D
E
F
A
G
A. Control rod
B. Clevis pin
C. Drive lever
Fig 0773
fi g. 52 G001733
E. Left handle shown
F. Neutral lock
G. Hairpin cotter pin
4-128 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
2. Lengthen the control rod if the tire is turning in reverse and shorten the rod if the tire is turning forward.
3. Rotate the rod several turns if the tire is rotating fast.
Then, adjust the rod in 1/2 turn increments.
4. Place the clevis pin into the drive lever (Fig. 0773).
5. Release and engage neutral lock checking that the tire does not rotate (Fig. 0774). Continue adjusting until the tire does not rotate.
6. Install the hairpin cotter pin between the drive lever and the neutral lock and into the clevis pin (Fig.
0773).
Note: Make sure the clevis pin is inserted into the neutral lock.
7. Repeat this adjustment for the opposite side.
A
B
C
Tracking Adjustment (Pistol Grip)
1. Remove machine from any jack stands.
2. Check the rear tire pressure. Refer to Specifi cations for proper tire pressure.
3. Start and run the machine. Observe the tracking on a level, smooth, hard surface such as concrete or asphalt.
4. If the unit tracks to one side or the other, turn the quick track knob. Turn the knob right to steer right and turn the knob left to steer left (Fig. 0775).
4
H
E
D
G
F
A. Handle
B. Neutral lock
C. Handle
D. Neutral lock slot
Fig 0774
fi g. 53 G001732
F. Drive lever
G. Full speed forward
H. Control rod
A
A. Quick track knob
Fig 0775
fi g. 54 G001523
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-129
LINKAGE
4
Tracking Adjustment (T-2)
1. If the machine does not track straight, adjustment is required.
2. Check the rear tire pressure. Refer to Specifi cations for proper tire pressure.
3. Loosen the wing nuts on the right control rod and rotate the turnbuckle in or out to ensure the right side control lever is centered in the neutral lock position. Secure the turnbuckle in position with the wing nuts (Fig. 0776).
4. Loosen the wing nuts on the left control rod and rotate the turnbuckle in or out to change the tracking.
Secure the turnbuckle in position with the wing nuts
(Fig. 0776).
5. Check for proper tracking. Adjust the left control rod if a change is needed.
Neutral Adjustment (T-2)
Important: Ensure the tracking of the mower is correct after adjusting the motion control levers.
After adjusting the tracking, the motion control levers may not align exactly front to back (Fig.
0777).
C
A
B
A
B
C
A. Turnbuckle
B. Bottom wing nut
Fig 0776
fi g. 36 G006085
C. Top wing nut (left hand threaded)
D
Fig 0777
fi g. 52 G006096
A. Left motion control lever
C. Neutral locked position
D. Align the control levers
B. Right motion control front to back here
lever
4-130 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
D
LINKAGE
If the motion control levers do not align front to back, or the right side control lever does not move easily into the neutral lock position, adjustment is required.
Adjust each lever and control rod separately.
Note: Adjust the horizontal alignment before the front to back alignment.
1. After the horizontal alignment is fi nished, check the front to back alignment (Fig 0778).
2. Loosen the wing nuts on the right control rod and rotate the turnbuckle in or out to ensure the right side control lever is centered in the neutral lock position. Secure the turnbuckle in position with the wing nuts (Fig. 0779).
C
A
B
A
B
C
4
A. Turnbuckle
B. Bottom wing nut
Fig 0779
fi g. 36 G006085
C. Top wing nut (left hand threaded)
Fig 0778
fi g. 52 G006096
A. Left motion control lever
C. Neutral locked position
D. Align the control levers
B. Right motion control front to back here
lever
3. Loosen the wing nuts on the left control rod and rotate the turnbuckle in or out to change the tracking.
Secure the turnbuckle in position with the wing nuts
(Fig. 0779).
4. Check for proper tracking. Adjust the left control rod if a change is needed. Refer to “Tracking Adjustment
(Pistol Grip)” on page 4-129 or “Tracking Adjustment
(T-2)” on page 4-130.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-131
LINKAGE
Control Bar Adjustment (T-Bar)
1. Initially adjust the control rods so that 2 1/4”
(5.715cm) of thread extends beyond the trunnion fi ttings (Fig. 0780).
3. Engage the control bar (Fig. 0782).
Fig 0782
PICT-5314a
4
2. The control bar and upper handle must be parallel when in the relaxed drive and brake positions (Fig.
0781).
Fig 0780
PICT-5303
4. Using a ruler, measure the travel distance of the pulley while releasing and engaging the control bar.
The travel distance should be approximately 3/4”
(19mm) (Fig. 0783).
Note: If the pulley travel is more the 3/4” (19mm), the brakes must be adjusted. Refer to
“Checking the Brake”, page 5-9.
4-132
Fig 0781
PICT-5332a
Fig 0783
PICT-5324a & 5326a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
LINKAGE
5. Engage the Parking Brake (Fig. 0784).
Note: The parking brake lever should swing into a snug position against the upper handle while pulling back on the upper control bar.
6. If adjustment is required, refer to “Adjusting the
Brake”, page 5-10.
7. Adjust the control rods so there is a 1” to 1 1/4” (2.54 to 3.175cm) gap between the upper control bar and the fi xed bar with the wheel drive fully engaged (Fig.
0785).
Fig 0784
PICT-5311a
A. 1” to 1-1/4”
Fig 0785
PICT-5333a
4
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 4-133
LINKAGE
4
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
4-134 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Engine Removal - Pistol Grip Hydro
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Turn the fuel valve to the off position (Fig. 0786).
ENGINE
4. Move the positive battery terminal boot and disconnect the positive (red) battery cable from the battery (Fig. 0788).
Fig 0788
PICT-0252
Fig 0786
PICT-0247a
5. Remove 1 of the 2 nuts retaining the battery hold down strap and battery hold downs to the battery tray (Fig. 0789).
3. Move the negative battery terminal boot and disconnect the negative (black) battery cable from the battery (Fig. 0787).
5
Fig 0787
PICT-0250
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0789
PICT-0254
5-1
ENGINE
6. Remove the battery hold down plate and 2 battery hold downs from the battery tray (Fig. 0790).
8. Remove the bolt that secures the fuel line R-clamp to the engine (Fig. 0792).
Fig 0790
PICT-0256
Fig 0792
PICT-0259
5
7. Remove the battery from the battery tray (Fig. 0791).
9. Slide the hose clamp off the fuel line where it connects to the fuel pump (Fig. 0793).
Fig 0791
PICT-0257
Fig 0793
PICT-0262
5-2 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
10. Remove the fuel line from the fuel pump. Drain the fuel into a suitable container (Fig. 0794).
12. Place a drain pan below the drain hose. Rotate the oil drain valve to allow the engine oil to drain into the drain pan (Fig. 0796).
Fig 0794
PICT-0264
11. Attach the oil drain hose to the oil drain valve (Fig.
0795).
Fig 0796
PICT-0266
13. When the oil has drained completely, close the drain valve and remove the drain hose.
5
14. Unplug the clutch from the harness connector (Fig.
0797).
Fig 0795
PICT-0265
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0797
PICT-0547a
5-3
ENGINE
15. Push the grommet and clutch plug through the chassis frame to the underside of the machine (Fig.
0798).
17. Roll the PTO drive belt off the center mower deck pulley (Fig. 0800).
5
Fig 0798
PICT-0277
16. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0799).
Fig 0800
PICT-0283
18. Raise the machine so that the underside of the chassis can be accessed.
19. Remove the trailing shield from the chassis by fi rst removing the left end of the shield rod (bent at a 45º angle) from the hole in the chassis and then remove the right side of the shield rod (bent at a 90º angle) from the right side of the chassis (Fig. 0801).
5-4
Fig 0799
PICT-0280
Fig 0801
PICT-0273
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
20. Remove the idler arm spring from the spring post
(Fig. 0802).
ENGINE
22. Remove the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer securing the brake clutch strap to the underside of the chassis (Fig. 0804).
Fig 0802
PICT-0291a
21. Remove the belt from the clutch (Fig. 0803).
Fig 0804
PICT-0295
23. Loosen the clutch bolt (Fig. 0805).
5
Fig 0803
PICT-0294
Fig 0805
PICT-0297a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-5
ENGINE
24. Remove the bolt, 2 spring washers and fl at washer securing the clutch to the engine crankshaft. Lower the clutch off the engine crankshaft (Fig. 0806).
26. Remove the hydro drive belt from around the engine crankshaft pulley (Fig. 0808).
Fig 0806
PICT-0299
Fig 0808
PICT-0302a
27. Slide the drive pulley off the engine crankshaft (Fig.
0809).
5
25. Using a spring removal tool (Toro P/N 92-5771), unhook the hydro drive idler spring and remove it from the chassis (Fig. 0807).
Fig 0807
PICT-0300
Fig 0809
PICT-0303
5-6 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
28. Remove the square key from the engine crankshaft
(Fig. 0810).
30. At the front of the engine, loosen the cable clamps securing the throttle (bottom) and choke (top) cables to the engine (Fig. 0812).
Fig 0810
PICT-0304
A. Choke
Fig 0812
PICT-0309
B. Throttle
29. Remove the nut and the positive (red) cable from the starter (Fig. 0811).
31. Remove the throttle and choke cables from the cable clamps and disconnect the z-bends from the control linkage (Fig. 0813).
5
Fig 0811
PICT-0269a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0813
PICT-0310
5-7
ENGINE
32. Remove the nut, harness ground wires and negative
(black) battery cable and star washer from the rear right engine mounting bolt (Fig. 0814).
Note: The bolt will fall through the chassis when the nut is removed.
34. Unplug the pink wire from the green fuel solenoid wire (Fig. 0816).
Fig 0816
PICT-0316a
Fig 0814
PICT-0314
5
33. Unplug the violet wire from the ignition module on the engine (Fig. 0815).
35. Unplug the white wire from the black magneto wire
(Fig. 0817).
5-8
Fig 0815
PICT-0315
Fig 0817
PICT-0317
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
36. Remove the remaining 3 engine mounting bolts and nuts securing the engine to the chassis (Fig. 0818).
3. Insert the rear right engine mounting bolt up through the chassis and engine mounting hole. Install the star washer, harness ground wires and negative
(black) battery cable onto the bolt. Loosely install the nut onto the bolt (Fig. 0820).
Fig 0818
PICT-0319
38. Carefully lift the engine off the chassis.
Fig 0820
PICT-0321a
Engine Installation - Pistol Grip Hydro
1. Carefully position the engine on the chassis.
2. Apply thread locking compound to the 4 engine mounting bolts (Fig. 0819).
4. Loosely install the remaining 3 engine mounting bolts and nuts (Fig. 0821).
5
Fig 0819
PICT-0322
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0821
PICT-0319
5-9
ENGINE
5. Torque all 4 engine mounting bolts to 14.5 + 2 ft-lbs.
(19.7 + 2.8 Nm) (Fig. 0822).
7. Plug the pink wire into the green fuel solenoid wire
(Fig. 0824).
Fig 0822
PICT-0324
Fig 0824
PICT-0327
5
6. Plug the white wire into the black magneto wire (Fig.
0823).
8. Plug the violet wire into the ignition module on the engine (Fig. 0825).
Fig 0823
PICT-0326a
Fig 0825
PICT-0328
5-10 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
9. Secure the positive (red) cable to the starter (Fig.
0826).
ENGINE
11. Move the choke control knob to the “open” position
(Fig. 0828).
Fig 0826
PICT-0268a
Fig 0828
PICT-0332a
10. Hook the z-bend of the choke cable to the choke control lever and loosely clamp the outer housing of the choke cable into the cable clamp (Fig. 0827).
12. Ensure the carburetor choke plate is fully open (Fig.
0829).
5
Fig 0827
PICT-0331
Fig 0829
PICT-0333
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-11
ENGINE
13. Pull the outer housing of the choke cable until the inner wire has almost no slack and tighten the cable clamp bolt (Fig. 0830).
15. Ensure the carburetor choke plate is fully closed
(Fig. 0832).
Fig 0832
PICT-0335
Fig 0830
PICT-0334
5
14. Move the choke control knob to the “choke“ position
(Fig. 0831).
16. Make sure the choke plate turns from the fully closed position to the fully open position when actuating the choke control knob.
17. Hook the z-bend of the throttle cable to the throttle control lever and loosely clamp the outer housing of the throttle cable into the cable clamp (Fig. 0833).
5-12
Fig 0831
PICT-0336
Fig 0833
PICT-0338
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
18. Move the throttle control knob to the “fast” position
(Fig. 0834).
20. Move the throttle control knob to the “slow“ position.
Ensure the carburetor throttle plate moves smoothly
(Fig. 0836).
Fig 0834
PICT-0339
Fig 0836
PICT-0342a
19. Pull the outer housing of the throttle cable until the inner wire has almost no slack and tighten the cable clamp bolt (Fig. 0835).
21. Apply anti-seize compound to the engine crankshaft
(Fig. 0837).
5
Fig 0835
PICT-0341a
Fig 0837
PICT-0343
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-13
ENGINE
22. Install the square key into the engine crankshaft keyway (Fig. 0838).
24. Route the hydro drive belt around the engine crankshaft pulley, idler pulley and hydro pulleys (Fig.
0840).
Fig 0838
PICT-0304
5
23. Slide the drive pulley onto the engine crankshaft.
Ensure that the long side of the hub is installed toward the engine (Fig. 0839).
Fig 0840
PICT-0348a
25. Using a spring removal tool (Toro P/N 92-5771), install the hydro drive idler spring (Fig. 0841).
Fig 0839
PICT-0303
Fig 0841
PICT-0349
5-14 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
26. Ensure the 2 cupped washers are installed on the clutch bolt with the crown side facing the bolt head
(Fig. 0842).
28. Slide the electric clutch onto the engine crankshaft
(Fig. 0844).
Fig 0842
PICT-0351a
27. Apply thread locking compound to the clutch bolt
(Fig. 0843).
Fig 0844
PICT-0354a
29. Install the clutch bolt, 2 spring washers and fl at washer into the engine crankshaft (Fig. 0845).
5
Fig 0843
PICT-0352a
Fig 0845
PICT-0355a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-15
ENGINE
30. Torque the clutch bolt to 55 + 5 ft-lbs. (74.5 + 6.8
Nm) (Fig. 0846).
32. Feed the cutch harness plug up through the chassis
(Fig. 0848).
Fig 0846
PICT-0356a
Fig 0848
PICT-0362a
5
31. Install the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer securing the brake clutch strap to the underside of the chassis
(Fig. 0847).
33. Install the rubber grommet into the frame (Fig.
0849).
Fig 0847
PICT-0361
Fig 0849
PICT-0363
5-16 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
34. Route the PTO drive belt around the clutch. (Fig.
0850).
ENGINE
40”, 48” and 52” mower deck belt routing:
Fig 0850
PICT-0364a
Fig 0852
fi g. 104-8186
Note: Ensure the PTO drive belt is routed properly around the mower deck pulley(s). Refer to belt routing decal (Fig. 0851 and Fig. 0852).
36” mower deck belt routing:
35. Install the idler arm spring to the spring post (Fig.
0853).
5
Fig 0851
fi g. 104-8185
Fig 0853
PICT-0365
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-17
ENGINE
36. Install the trailing shield into the chassis by fi rst inserting the right side of the trailing shield rod (bent at a 90º angle) into the hole in the chassis and then insert the left end of the trailing shield rod (bent at a
45º angle) into the hole in the chassis (Fig. 0854).
39. Replace the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0856).
Fig 0856
PICT-0280
Fig 0854
PICT-0273
5
37. Lower the machine.
38. Roll the PTO drive belt on to the center mower deck pulley (Fig. 0855).
40. Plug the clutch connector into the harness connector
(Fig. 0857).
5-18
Fig 0855
PICT-0283
Fig 0857
PICT-0547a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
41. Install the fuel line to the fuel pump (Fig. 0858).
ENGINE
43. Install the bolt that secures the fuel line R-clamp to the engine (Fig. 0860).
Fig 0858
PICT-0370
42. Slide the hose clamp to the fuel line where it connects to the fuel pump (Fig. 0859).
Fig 0860
PICT-0259
44. Fill the engine crankcase with oil per engine specifi cations.
45. Place the battery onto the battery tray (Fig. 0861).
5
Fig 0859
PICT-0371
Fig 0861
PICT-0257
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-19
ENGINE
46. Install the battery hold down and secure with 2 nuts.
Do not over-tighten (Fig. 0862).
48. Connect the negative (black) battery cable to the negative battery terminal and cover with the boot.
(Fig. 0864).
Fig 0862
PICT-0372a
5
47. Connect the positive (red) battery cable to the positive battery terminal and cover with the boot
(Fig. 0863).
Fig 0864
PICT-0250
Muffl er Guard
There is a muffl er guard included on international models (Fig. 0865 and Fig. 0866):
Fig 0863
PICT-0252
Fig 0865
PICT-1489
5-20 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
3. Remove the fuel line by sliding the clamp away from the fuel pump (Fig. 0868).
Fig 0866
PICT-1493
A. Muffl er guard C. Screw (5)
B. Muffl er guard bracket D. Nut (5)
Fig 0868
PICT-1347
Engine Removal - Gear Drive
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Turn the fuel valve to the off position (Fig. 0867).
4. Remove the fuel line from the fuel pump. Drain the fuel into a suitable container (Fig. 0869).
5
Fig 0867
PICT-1346
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0869
PICT-1349a
5-21
ENGINE
5. Remove the R-clamp that secures the fuel line to the right side of the engine (Fig. 0870).
7. Place a drain pan below the end of the drain hose and rotate the oil drain valve to allow the oil to drain from the engine (Fig. 0872).
Fig 0870
PICT-1351
5
6. Attach the oil drain hose to the oil drain valve (Fig.
0871).
Fig 0872
PICT-1354
8. When the oil has drained completely, close the drain valve and remove the drain hose.
9. Unplug the clutch from the wire harness (Fig. 0873).
Fig 0871
PICT-1352
Fig 0873
PICT-1422
5-22 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
10. Push the clutch wire plug and grommet through the engine deck frame (Fig. 0874).
12. Remove the mower deck belt cover(s) (Fig. 0876).
Fig 0874
PICT-1357
11. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0875).
Fig 0876
PICT-1360
13. Roll the deck drive belt off the fi xed/center mower deck pulley (Fig. 0877).
5
Fig 0875
PICT-1358
Fig 0877
PICT-1361
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-23
ENGINE
14. Raise the machine so that the underside of the frame can be accessed.
15. Remove the trailing shield from the frame by fi rst removing the left end of the shield rod (bent at a 45 degree angle) from the hole in the frame and then remove the right side of the shield rod (bent at 90 degree angle) from the right side of the frame (Fig.
0878).
17. Remove the belt from around the clutch (Fig. 0880).
5
Fig 0880
PICT-1365a
Fig 0878
PICT-1362
18. Remove the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer securing the brake clutch strap to the underside of the frame (Fig. 0881).
16. Remove the deck drive idler arm spring from the spring post (Fig. 0879).
5-24
Fig 0879
PICT-1364
Fig 0881
PICT-1368
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
19. Loosen the clutch bolt (Fig. 0882).
ENGINE
21. Unhook the traction drive belt idler spring from the tab on the frame (Fig. 0884).
Fig 0882
PICT-1369
Fig 0884
PICT-1376
20. Remove the bolt, 2 spring washers and fl at washer securing the clutch to the engine crankshaft. Slide the clutch off the engine crankshaft (Fig. 0883).
22. Remove the drive belt from the pulleys (Fig. 0885).
5
Fig 0883
PICT-1374
Fig 0885
PICT-1377a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-25
ENGINE
23. Slide the drive pulley off the crankshaft (Fig. 0886).
25. Lower the machine.
26. At the front of the engine, loosen the cable clamps securing the throttle (bottom) and choke (top) cables to the engine (Fig. 0888).
Fig 0886
PICT-1379
5
24. Remove the key from the crankshaft keyway (Fig.
0887).
A. Choke
Fig 0888
PICT-1382
B. Throttle
27. Remove the throttle and choke cables from the cable clamps and disconnect the z-bends from the control linkage (Fig. 0889).
5-26
Fig 0887
PICT-1381
Fig 0889
PICT-1385
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
28. Unplug the pink wire from the red engine rectifi er wire (Fig. 0890).
ENGINE
30. Remove the nut, harness ground wire and lock washer from the rear left engine mounting bolt (Fig.
0892).
Note: The bolt will fall through the frame when the nut is removed.
Fig 0890
PICT-1389a
29. Unplug the white wire from the black magneto wire
(Fig. 0891).
Fig 0892
PICT-1393
31. Remove the remaining 3 engine mounting bolts and nuts that secure the engine to the frame (Fig. 0893).
5
Fig 0891
PICT-1390a
Fig 0893
PICT-1395
32. Carefully lift the engine off the chassis.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-27
ENGINE
Engine Installation - Gear Drive
1. Position the engine onto the frame.
2. Apply thread locking compound to the threads of all
4 engine mounting bolts (Fig. 0894).
4. Loosely install the other 3 engine mounting bolts and nuts securing the engine to the frame. Torque all 4 engine mounting bolts to 14.5 + 2 ft-lbs. (19.7 +
2.8 Nm) (Fig. 0896).
Fig 0896
PICT-1398
Fig 0894
PICT-1396
5
3. Insert an engine mounting bolt up through the frame and the rear left engine mounting hole. Place a lock washer and the ground wire onto the engine mounting bolt. Loosely install a nut (Fig. 0895).
5. Plug the white wire into the black magneto wire (Fig.
0897).
5-28
Fig 0895
PICT-1393
Fig 0897
PICT-1390a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
6. Plug the pink wire into the red engine rectifi er wire
(Fig. 0898).
8. Move the choke control knob to the “open” position
(Fig. 0900).
Fig 0898
PICT-1389a
Fig 0900
PICT-1400
7. Hook the z-bend of the choke cable into the choke control lever and loosely clamp the outer housing of the choke cable into the cable clamp (Fig. 0899).
9. Ensure the carburetor choke plate is fully open (Fig.
0901).
5
Fig 0899
PICT-1399
Fig 0901
PICT-0333
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-29
ENGINE
10. Pull the outer housing of the choke cable until the inner wire has almost no slack and tighten the cable clamp (Fig. 0902).
12. Ensure the carburetor choke plate is fully closed
(Fig. 0904).
Fig 0904
PICT-1401
Fig 0902
PICT-1402
5
11. Move the choke control knob to the “choke“ position
(Fig. 0903).
13. Make sure the choke plate turns from the fully closed position to the fully open position when actuating the choke control knob.
14. Hook the z-bend of the throttle cable to the throttle control lever and loosely clamp the outer housing of the throttle cable into the cable clamp (Fig. 0905).
5-30
Fig 0903
PICT-1403
Fig 0905
PICT-1383
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
15. Move the throttle control knob to the “fast” position
(Fig. 0906).
17. Move the throttle control knob to the “slow“ position.
Ensure the throttle moves smoothly (Fig. 0908).
Fig 0908
PICT-1405a
Fig 0906
PICT-1404a
16. Pull the outer housing of the throttle cable until the inner wire has almost no slack and tighten the cable clamp (Fig. 0907).
18. Raise the machine to access the underside of the frame.
19. Apply anti-seize compound to the crankshaft (Fig.
0909).
5
Fig 0907
PICT-1406
Fig 0909
PICT-1407
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 5-31
ENGINE
20. Install the key into the crankshaft keyway (Fig.
0910).
Note: The drive pulley casting indicates the orientation of the pulley on the crankshaft (Fig.
0912).
Fig 0910
PICT-1381
Fig 0912
PICT-1408a
5
21. Slide the drive pulley onto the crankshaft (Fig. 0911).
22. Route the traction drive belt around the drive pulleys
(Fig. 0913).
Fig 0911
PICT-1378
Fig 0913
PICT-1377a
5-32 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
23. Hook the traction drive belt idler spring to the tab on the frame (Fig. 0914).
25. Apply thread locking compound to the clutch bolt threads (Fig. 0916).
Fig 0916
PICT-1411
Fig 0914
PICT-1376
24. Slide the fl at washer and 2 spring washers onto the clutch bolt (Fig. 0915):
Note: Ensure the 2 spring washers are installed on the clutch bolt with the crown side facing the bolt head.
26. Slide the clutch onto to the crankshaft (Fig. 0917).
5
Fig 0915
PICT-1409a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0917
PICT-1374
5-33
ENGINE
27. Install the clutch bolt assembly into the crankshaft to secure the clutch. Torque the clutch bolt to 55 + 5 ft-lbs. (74.6 + 6.8 Nm) (Fig. 0918).
29. Install the rubber grommet into the frame (Fig.
0920).
Fig 0920
PICT-1418
Fig 0918
PICT-1412
5
28. Feed the clutch harness plug up through the frame
(Fig. 0919).
30. Install the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer securing the brake clutch strap to the underside of the frame
(Fig. 0921).
Fig 0919
PICT-1415
Fig 0921
PICT-1421
5-34 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
31. Route the deck drive belt around the clutch (Fig.
0922).
ENGINE
33. Install the trailing shield into the frame by fi rst inserting the right side of the trailing shield rod (bent at a 90 degree angle) into the hole in the chassis and then insert the left end of the trailing shield rod (bent at a 45 degree angle) into the hole in the chassis
(Fig. 0924).
Fig 0922
PICT-1365a
32. Install the idler arm spring to the spring post (Fig.
0923).
Fig 0924
PICT-1362
34. Lower the machine.
35. Roll the deck drive belt onto the fi xed (center) mower deck pulley (Fig. 0925).
5
Fig 0923
PICT-1364
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0925
PICT-1361
5-35
ENGINE
Note: Ensure the deck drive belt is routed properly around the mower deck pulley(s). Refer to belt routing decal (Fig. 0926):
37. Install the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0928).
Fig 0926
fi g. 104-8185
Fig 0928
PICT-1358
38. Plug the clutch connector into the harness connector
(Fig. 0929).
5
36. Install the mower deck belt cover(s) (Fig. 0927).
Fig 0927
PICT-1360
Fig 0929
PICT-1422
5-36 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
39. Install the fuel line to the fuel pump. Slide the hose clamp into place to secure the hose to the fuel pump
(Fig. 0930).
Fig 0930
PICT-1347
41. Secure the fuel line to the engine by installing a bolt through the R-clamp (Fig. 0931).
Fig 0931
PICT-1351
42. Fill the crankcase with oil per the engine specifi cations.
43. Fill the fuel tank with gas.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ENGINE
5-37
5
ENGINE
5
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
5-38 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
Hydro Drive Transmission Traction
Belt Replacement
Hydro Drive Transmission Traction Belt
Removal
1. Move the negative battery terminal boot and disconnect the negative (black) battery cable from the battery (Fig. 0932).
3. Push the grommet and clutch plug through the frame to the underside of the machine (Fig. 0934).
Fig 0932
PICT-0250
2. Unplug the PTO clutch wire from the harness connector (Fig. 0933).
Fig 0934
PICT-0277
4. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0935).
6
Fig 0935
PICT-0546
Fig 0933
PICT-0548a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-1
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
5. Roll the PTO drive belt off the center mower deck pulley (Fig. 0936).
8. Remove the idler arm spring from the spring post
(Fig. 0938).
Fig 0936
PICT-0283
Fig 0938
PICT-0291a
6. Raise the machine so that the underside of the frame can be accessed.
6
7. Remove the trailing shield from the frame by fi rst removing the left end of the shield rod (bent at a 45 degree angle) from the hole in the chassis and then remove the right side of the shield rod (bent at 90 degree angle) from the right side of the chassis (Fig.
0937).
9. Remove the belt from the clutch (Fig. 0939).
Fig 0939
PICT-0294
6-2
Fig 0937
PICT-0273
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
10. Remove the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer securing the brake clutch strap to the underside of the chassis (Fig. 0940).
12. Remove the bottom bolt, nut and spacer securing the right hand side plate to the frame (Fig. 0942).
Fig 0940
PICT-0295
Fig 0942
PICT-0562
11. Unhook the hydro idler pulley spring from the tab on the chassis (Fig. 0941).
13. Loosen the nut securing the hydro idler shoulder bolt to the frame until there is enough clearance for the hydro belt to pass over the top of the idler pulley assembly (Fig. 0943).
6
Fig 0941
PICT-0559
Fig 0943
PICT-0563
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-3
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
14. Remove the hydro drive belt (Fig. 0944).
2. Tighten the nut and shoulder bolt securing the idler bracket to the frame (Fig. 0946).
Fig 0944
PICT-0564
Fig 0946
PICT-0563
Hydro Drive Transmission Traction Belt
Installation
6
1. Route the hydro drive belt around the pulleys as shown (Fig. 0945):
Note: The spring and clutch have been removed for photo purposes.
3. Install the bolt, spacer and nut securing the bottom of the right side plate to the frame (Fig. 0947).
6-4
Fig 0945
PICT-0348a
Fig 0947
PICT-0562
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
6. Install the rubber grommet into the frame (Fig.
0950).
4. Install the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer securing the brake clutch strap to the underside of the frame
(Fig. 0948).
Fig 0950
PICT-0363
Fig 0948
PICT-0361
5. Feed the cutch harness plug up through the frame
(Fig. 0949).
7. Plug the PTO clutch wire into the harness connector
(Fig. 0951).
6
Fig 0949
PICT-0362a
Fig 0951
PICT-0548a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-5
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
8. Install the hydro idler spring to the spring post (Fig.
0952).
10. Install the PTO idler spring to the spring post on the frame (Fig. 0954).
Fig 0954
PICT-0291a
Fig 0952
PICT-0565
6
9. Route the PTO drive belt around the clutch (Fig.
0953).
11. Install the trailing shield into the frame by fi rst inserting the right side of the trailing shield rod (bent at a 90 degree angle) into the hole in the right side of the frame and then insert the left end of the trailing shield rod (bent at a 45 degree angle) into the hole in the left side of the frame (Fig. 0955).
6-6
Fig 0953
PICT-0364a
Fig 0955
PICT-0273
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
12. Lower the machine.
13. Roll the PTO drive belt onto the center mower deck pulley (Fig. 0956).
15. Connect the negative (black) battery cable to the negative battery terminal and cover the connection with the boot (Fig. 0958).
14. Install the carrier frame cover (Fig. 0957).
Fig 0958
PICT-0250
Fig 0956
PICT-0283
Hydro Idler Replacement
Hydro Idler Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Using a spring removal tool (Toro part number 92-
5771), unhook the hydro idler spring from the tab on the frame (Fig. 0959).
6
Fig 0957
PICT-0280
Fig 0959
PICT-0573
6-7 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
the idler lever assembly to the frame (Fig. 0960).
5. Remove the spring from the idler lever assembly
(Fig. 0962).
6
Fig 0960
PICT-0576
Fig 0962
PICT-0579
4. Remove the idler assembly from the frame (Fig.
0961).
6. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the pulley to the idler lever (Fig. 0963).
Fig 0961
PICT-0578
Fig 0963
PICT-0581
6-8 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
7. Remove the bolt, washer, pulley, and spacer from the idler lever (Fig. 0964).
Hydro Idler Installation
1. Slide the washer onto the bolt. Insert the bolt through the fl ush face side of the pulley (Fig. 0966).
Fig 0964
PICT-0583
Fig 0966
PICT-0593
8. Inspect the bearing and bushings in the pulley and idler lever. If worn or damaged they must be replaced.
Hydro Idler Assembly (Fig. 0965).
2. Slide the spacer onto the bolt (Fig. 0967).
6
A
B
A. Bolt
B. Washer
C. Pulley
C
D
E F
Fig 0965
PICT-0590a
D. Spacer
F. Nut
Fig 0967
PICT-0594
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-9
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
3. Slide the idler lever onto the bolt (Fig. 0968).
5. Hook the spring onto the idler lever (Fig. 0970).
6
Fig 0968
PICT-0596
4. Install a nut to secure the hydro idler pulley assembly to the lever (Fig. 0969).
Fig 0970
PICT-0579
6. Position the idler assembly up to the frame (Fig.
0971).
Fig 0969
PICT-0597
Fig 0971
PICT-0578
6-10 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
7. Route the hydro drive belt around the idler pulley
(Fig. 0972).
9. Using a spring removal tool (Toro part number 92-
5771), hook the hydro idler spring to the tab on the frame (Fig. 0974).
Fig 0972
PICT-0598
Fig 0974
PICT-0573 idler lever assembly to the frame and tighten (Fig.
0973).
Fig 0973
PICT-0600
Hydraulic Pump Replacement
Note: Cleanliness is a key factor in a successful repair of any hydraulic system. Thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces prior to any type of maintenance. Cleaning all parts by using a solvent wash and air drying is usually adequate. As with any precision equipment, all parts must be kept free of foreign material and chemicals. Protect all exposed sealing areas and open cavities from damage and foreign material.
Upon removal, all seals, O-rings, and gaskets should be replaced. During installation, lightly lubricate all seals, O-rings, and gaskets with clean petroleum jelly prior to assembly.
For pump service information, refer to Hydro-
Gear BDP-10A / 16A / 21L Service and Repair
Manual (492-4789).
The following procedure is the same for the right or left hydraulic pump removal.
6
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-11
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
Hydraulic Pump Removal
1. Clean the area around the pump and hydraulic fi ttings to prevent dirt and debris from entering the system.
2. Remove the idler spring to relieve tension from the hydro drive belt (Fig. 0975).
4. Loosen the two pulley hub set screws (Fig. 0977).
Fig 0975
PICT-0402
6
3. Slip the hydro drive belt off the pulley (Fig. 0976).
Fig 0977
PICT-0405a
5. Slide the pulley off the hydraulic pump shaft (Fig.
0978).
6-12
Fig 0976
PICT-0403
Fig 0978
PICT-0406
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
6. The pulley key may fall out of the keyway or stay in.
Remove the key if it did not fall out on its own (Fig.
0979).
9. Remove the charge hose from the hydraulic pump fi tting. Cap the hydraulic hose and fi tting to prevent debris from entering the system (Fig. 0981).
Fig 0981
PICT-0422a
Fig 0979
PICT-0408
7. Inspect the key and replace if worn or damaged.
8. Remove the return line from the hydro pump fi tting and drain the hydraulic fl uid into a drain pan. Cap the hydraulic hose and fi tting to prevent debris from entering the system. (Fig. 0980).
10. Mark one of the high pressure hoses and the corresponding port location on the pump. Remove both of the high pressure hoses from the fi ttings on the pump. Cap the hydraulic hoses and fi ttings to prevent debris from entering the system (Fig. 0982).
6
Fig 0980
PICT-0420
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0982
PICT-0425
6-13
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
11. Unhook the lower end of the extension spring from the control shaft (Fig. 0983).
13. Loosen the set screws located in the control shaft.
The lower set screw can be accessed through the opening in the frame (Fig. 0985).
6
Fig 0983
PICT-0427a
12. Remove the two mounting bolts and nuts securing the hydraulic pump to the frame (Fig. 0984).
Fig 0985
PICT-0430
14. Disconnect the pump from the control shaft and remove the pump from the frame (Fig. 0986).
Fig 0984
PICT-0429
Fig 0986
PICT-0432
6-14 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
15. Transfer all 4 fi ttings to the new pump as well as the mark indicating the location of one of the high pressure hydraulic hoses (Fig. 0987). Torque each fi tting as noted:
Hydraulic Pump Installation
1. Position the pump into the frame so that the pump shaft is inserted into the control shaft (Fig. 0988).
Fig 0987
PICT-0433a
A. High pressure hose (2) (torque: 34-38 ft-lbs. (46-
51.5 Nm))
B: High pressure hose marking
Nm) (brass), 15-21 ft-lbs. (20-28.4 Nm) (steel))
Fig 0988
PICT-0431
2. Apply thread locking compound to the 2 control shaft set screws (Fig. 0989).
6
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 0989
PICT-0435a
6-15
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
3. Install the 2 set screws into the control shaft (Fig.
0990).
5. Install 2 bolts and nuts securing the pump to the frame (Fig. 0992).
6
Fig 0990
PICT-0430
4. Hook the hydro pump spring to the bolt on the control shaft (Fig. 991).
Fig 0992
PICT-0429
6. Install the 2 high pressure hoses to the fi ttings on the pump (Fig. 0993).
Note: Ensure that the marked hose is connected to the marked port on the pump.
Fig 991
PICT-0427a
Fig 0993
PICT-0425
6-16 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
7. Install the charge hose to the charge hose fi tting
(Fig. 0994).
9. Apply anti-seize compound to the pump shaft (Fig.
0996).
Fig 0994
PICT-0422a
Fig 0996
PICT-0437
8. Install the return line to the hydro pump fi tting (Fig.
0995).
10. Install the key into the pump shaft keyway (Fig.
0997).
6
Fig 0995
PICT-0420
Fig 0997
PICT-0409
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-17
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
11. Apply thread locking compound onto the 2 pulley set screws. Thread the 2 set screws into the pulley hub
(Fig. 0998).
13. Torque the 2 set screws to 11 + 1 ft-lbs. (14.9 + 1.4
Nm) (Fig. 1000).
6
Fig 0998
PICT-0439
Fig 1000
PICT-0440
14. Position the drive belt onto the pulley (Fig. 1001).
12. Install the pump pulley onto the pump shaft and tighten the 2 set screws (Fig. 0999).
Fig 0999
PICT-0441
Fig 1001
PICT-0403
6-18 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
15. Install the idler spring onto the tab on the chassis
(Fig. 1002).
Fig 1002
PICT-0402
Wheel Motor Replacement
Note: Cleanliness is a key factor in a successful repair of any hydraulic system. Thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces prior to any type of maintenance. Cleaning all parts by using a solvent wash and air drying is usually adequate. As with any precision equipment, all parts must be kept free of foreign material and chemicals. Protect all exposed sealing areas and open cavities from damage and foreign material.
Upon removal, all seals, O-rings, and gaskets should be replaced. During installation, lightly lubricate all seals, O-rings, and gaskets with clean petroleum jelly prior to assembly.
For wheel motor service information, refer to Parker/Ross Wheel Motor Service Manual
(492-4753).
Note: The following procedures can be followed for both the right and the left wheel motor.
16. Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir and fi ll as necessary.
17. Remove air from the hydraulic system. Refer to
“Bleeding the Hydraulic System” on page 6-32.
Wheel Motor Removal
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Loosen the 4 lug nuts (Fig. 1003).
6
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1003
PICT-0442a
6-19
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
3. Remove the hub nut from the wheel motor shaft (Fig.
1004).
6. Release the parking brake.
7. Remove the wheel and tire assembly (Fig. 1006).
6
Fig 1004
PICT-0443a
Fig 1006
PICT-0445a
4. Raise the rear of the machine and secure with jack stands.
5. Remove the 4 lug nuts (Fig. 1005).
8. Install a hub puller (Toro p/n TOR6006) onto the wheel studs (Fig. 1007).
Fig 1005
PICT-0444a
Fig 1007
PICT-0446
6-20 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
9. Advance the forcing screw through the hub puller.
Tighten the lug nuts down evenly until the hub pops off the wheel motor shaft (Fig. 1008).
12. Thoroughly clean the area around the hydraulic fi ttings to prevent debris from entering the system.
13. Mark the hoses and corresponding wheel motor fi tting ports so the hoses are reconnected back in their original locations (Fig. 1010).
Fig 1008
PICT-0447
10. Remove the hub puller from the hub.
11. Remove the key from the keyway (Fig. 1009).
Fig 1010
PICT-0451
14. Position a drain pain under the wheel motor.
15. Disconnect both hydraulic hoses from the wheel motor (Fig. 1011).
6
Fig 1009
PICT-0448
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1011
PICT-0453
6-21
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
16. Cap the hoses and wheel motor fi ttings so that debris does not enter the system. Position the hose ends out of the way of the wheel motor.
17. Remove the 4 bolts securing the wheel motor to the motor mount (Fig. 1012).
19. Remove the 2 fi ttings from the wheel motor (Fig.
1014).
6
Fig 1014
PICT-0456
Fig 1012
PICT-0454
Wheel Motor Installation
18. Remove the wheel motor (Fig. 1013).
ment wheel motor. Torque the fi ttings to 85-95 ft-lbs.
(115-129 Nm) (Fig. 1015).
Fig 1013
PICT-0455
Fig 1015
PICT-0456
6-22 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
2. Position the wheel motor into the frame (Fig. 1016).
4. Uncap the hoses and fi ttings and connect both hydraulic hoses to the wheel motor, following markings made previously. Torque the hose fi ttings to
34-38 ft-lbs. (46-52 Nm) (Fig. 1018).
Fig 1016
PICT-0455
3. Install 4 bolts to secure the wheel motor to the motor mount (Fig. 1017).
Fig 1018
PICT-0453
5. Install the woodruff key into the wheel motor shaft keyway (Fig. 1019).
6
Fig 1017
PICT-0454
Fig 1019
PICT-0449
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-23
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
6. Clean the hub and shaft to remove any grease or oil.
Slide the hub onto the wheel motor shaft (Fig. 1020).
8. Slide the wheel and tire assembly onto the hub (Fig.
1022).
6
Fig 1020
PICT-0457
7. Loosely install the hub nut onto the wheel motor shaft (Fig. 1021).
1023).
Fig 1022
PICT-0460a
Fig 1021
PICT-0459
Fig 1023
PICT-0461a
6-24 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
10. Lower the machine so the rear tires are resting on the ground.
11. Apply the parking brake.
12. Tighten and torque the 4 lug nuts to 85 + 8 ft-lbs.
(115 + 11 Nm) (Fig. 1024).
14. Fill the hydraulic reservoir tank with hydraulic fl uid
(15w-50 synthetic engine oil) as specifi ed. Note that there are fi ll level lines inside of the reservoir (Fig.
1026).
Fig 1026
PICT-0382
Fig 1024
PICT-0463a
15. Purge the hydraulic system. See “Bleeding the
Hydraulic System” on page 6-32.
13. Tighten and torque the hub nut to 200 + 25 ft-lbs.
(271 + 34 Nm) (Fig. 1025).
6
Fig 1025
PICT-0462a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-25
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
Hydraulic Reservoir Replacement
Note: There is a hydraulic reservoir shield included on international models (Fig. 1027):
Hydraulic Reservoir Removal
1. Remove the nuts and bolts securing the hydraulic reservoir to the frame (Fig. 1029).
Fig 1029
PICT-0383a
Fig 1027
PICT-2126
6
Use the hydraulic tank mounting hardware (2 bolts and nuts) to install the shield to the tank.
Hydraulic Reservoir Shield (Fig. 1028):
2. Remove the reservoir cap. Hold the hydraulic reservoir upside down to drain the fl uid from the reservoir into a drain pan (Fig. 1030).
6-26
Fig 1028
PICT-2125
Fig 1030
PICT-0385
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
3. Remove the hydraulic lines from the bottom of the hydraulic reservoir tank (Fig. 1031).
Fig 1031
PICT-0388
Fig 1033
PICT-0393a
4. Loosen the locking nut on the reservoir fi tting. (Fig.
1032).
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to remove the second fi tting from the reservoir.
Hydraulic Reservoir Installation
1. Install two hydraulic fi ttings into the bottom of the reservoir. Orient as shown (Fig. 1034):
6
Fig 1032
PICT-0392a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1034
PICT-0394a
6-27
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
2. Tighten the locking nuts while maintaining the orientation of the fi ttings (Fig. 1035).
4. Install the two hydraulic hoses onto the reservoir fi ttings (Fig. 1037).
6
Fig 1035
PICT-0396a
Fig 1037
PICT-0436a
3. Position the reservoir assembly onto the mounting fl ange. Install 2 bolts and nuts securing the reservoir
(Fig. 1036).
5. Fill the reservoir with hydraulic fl uid (15w-50 synthetic engine oil) as specifi ed. Note that there are fi ll level lines inside of the reservoir (Fig. 1038).
6-28
Fig 1036
PICT-0400
Fig 1038
PICT-0382
6. Replace reservoir cap.
7. Bleed the hydraulic system. See “Bleeding the Hydraulic System” on page 6-32.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
Hydraulic Testing
Note: Cleanliness is a key factor in a successful repair of any hydraulic system. Thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces. As with any precision equipment, all parts must be kept free of foreign material and chemicals. Protect all exposed sealing areas and open cavities from damage and foreign material.
The following procedure is performed on the left wheel motor hydraulic hoses. It can also be performed from several other locations on the machine.
When using a Bi-Directional Flow Test Kit, determining directional fl ow is not necessary. The fl ow meter may be connected in either direction into the forward and reverse high pressure system lines.
Caution: Ensure all fi ttings and hoses are attached securely. This test is performed on the machine’s high pressure system. Failure to comply could result in serious injury.
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Loosen the 4 lug nuts (Fig. 1039).
3. Raise the rear of the machine and secure with jack stands.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Remove the 4 lug nuts and the wheel assembly (Fig.
1040).
Fig 1040
PICT-0375
6. Thoroughly clean the area around the hydraulic fi ttings to prevent debris from entering the system.
7. Mark the hoses and corresponding wheel motor fi tting ports (Fig. 1041).
6
Fig 1039
PICT-0373a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1041
PICT-0377
6-29
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
8. Position a drain pan under the wheel motor.
9. Disconnect both hydraulic hoses from the wheel motor (Fig. 1042).
12. Open the restriction valve all the way (counterclockwise) (Fig. 1044).
Fig 1044
PICT-6886a
Fig 1042
PICT-0379
10. Cap the wheel motor fi ttings so debris does not enter the system.
11. Attach the hydraulic hoses to the fl ow test gauge
(Fig. 1043).
6
Note: When using a fl ow test gauge that is not bidirectional, damage to the fl ow tester could occur if the machine is operated in reverse.
13. Run the machine for 2 minutes in forward (no load) to purge air from the system.
14. Run the machine at full throttle (no load). Verify the
RPM with a tachometer: 3200 + 150 RPM’s.
Do not exceed 3600 RPM.
15. With the drive control fully forward, slowly tighten the restriction valve until the gauge indicates 300 PSI
(21 bar).
16. Record the fl ow reading from the bi-directional fl ow meter. Refer to the Hydro-Gear manual for acceptable GPM. Make a second fl ow reading at 1100 PSI
(76 bar) and record that reading. Subtract the fi rst reading from the second reading and determine if it is an acceptable GPM.
Example:
1st Reading: 300 psi (21 bar) reading 7 gpm (26 l/m).
2nd Reading: 1100 psi (76 bar) reading 3 gpm (11 l/m).
7 gpm (1st reading)
- 3 gpm (2nd reading)
4 gpm (the difference)
An acceptable “fl ow droop” or difference is 1.5 gpm
(5.6 l/m)
Fig 1043
PICT-6885
6-30 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
17. After all necessary repairs have been made, reconnect the hydraulic hoses to the wheel motor fi ttings.
18. Slide the wheel and tire assembly onto the hub and snug fi t the 4 lug nuts on the wheel hub studs (Fig.
1045).
22. Fill the reservoir with hydraulic fl uid (15w-50 synthetic engine oil) as specifi ed. Note that there are fi ll level lines inside of the reservoir (Fig. 1047).
Fig 1047
PICT-0382
Fig 1045
PICT-0380
23. Release the parking brake.
24. Bleed the hydraulic system. See “Bleeding the
Hydraulic System” on page 6-32.
19. Lower the machine so the rear tires are resting on the ground.
20. Apply the parking brake.
21. Tighten and torque the 4 lug nuts to 85 + 8 ft-lbs.
(115 + 11 Nm) (Fig. 1046).
6
Fig 1046
PICT-0381
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-31
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
6
Bleeding the Hydraulic System
Due to the effects air has on effi ciency in hydrostatic drive applications, it is critical that air is purged from the system.
These purge procedures should be implemented anytime a hydrostatic system has been opened to facilitate maintenance or any additional oil has been added to the system.
Air creates ineffi ciency because it has compression and expansion rates that are higher than that of oil.
Entrained air in the oil may cause the following symptoms:
• Noisy operation
• Lack of power or drive after short-term operation
• High operation temperature and excessive expansion of oil.
Before starting, make sure the reservoir is at the proper oil level. If it is not, fi ll to the vehicle manufacturer’s specifi cations.
The following procedures should be performed with the vehicle drive wheels off the ground, then repeated under normal operating conditions.
!
WARNING
POTENTIAL FOR SERIOUS INJURY
Certain procedures require the vehicle engine to be operated and the vehicle to be raised off of the ground. To prevent possible injury to the servicing technician and/or bystanders, insure the vehicle is properly secured.
1. Disengage the PTO.
2. Stop the engine and wait for all moving parts to stop before leaving the operating position.
3. Support the rear of the machine on jack stands high enough to raise the drive wheels off the ground.
4. With the bypass valve open and the engine running, slowly move the directional control in both forward and reverse directions (5 to 6 times), as air is purged from the unit, the oil level will drop.
5. With the bypass valve closed and the engine running, slowly move the directional control in both forward and reverse directions (5 to 6 times). Check the oil level, and add oil as required after stopping engine.
6. It may be necessary to repeat Steps 4 and 5 until all the air is completely purged from the system. When the BDP’s move forward and reverse at normal speed purging is complete.
Cleanliness is a key factor in the successful repair of
BDP’s. Thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces prior to any type of maintenance. Cleaning of all parts by using a solvent wash and air drying is usually adequate. As with any precision equipment, all parts must be kept free of foreign material and chemicals. Protect all exposed sealing areas and open cavities from damage and foreign material.
Upon removal, all seals, O-rings, and gaskets should be replaced. During installation, lightly lubricate all seals, O-rings, gaskets with clean petroleum jelly prior to assembly. Also protect the inner diameter of seals by covering the shaft machined features with plastic wrap or equivalent.
6-32 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
Checking the Hydraulic Lines
After every 100 operating hours, check hydraulic lines and hoses for leaks, loose fittings, kinked lines, loose mounting supports, wear, weather and chemical deterioration. Make necessary repairs before operating.
Note: Keep areas around hydraulic system clean from grass and debris build up.
!
!
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can penetrate skin and cause injury.
be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with this type of injury. Gangrene may result if this is not done.
• Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks or nozzles that eject high pressure hydraulic fluid.
• Use cardboard or paper to find hydraulic leaks.
• Safely relieve all pressure in the hydraulic system before performing any work on the hydraulic system.
• Make sure all hydraulic fluid hoses and lines are in good condition and all hydraulic connections and fittings are tight before applying pressure to hydraulic system.
6
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 6-33
HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM
Hydraulic Schematic
6
6-34
Fig 1048
hyd scheme G006100
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Traction Drive Belt Replacement
Note: The trailing shield has been removed for photo purposes.
Traction Drive Belt Removal
1. Remove the mower spindle drive belt. Refer to:
“Mower Spindle Drive Belt Belt Removal (36” Mower
Deck)” on page 8-4, or “Mower Spindle Drive Belt
Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)” on page 8-1.
2. Unplug the clutch from the wire harness (Fig. 1049).
GEAR DRIVE
3. Push the clutch wire plug and grommet through the engine deck frame (Fig. 1050).
Fig 1050
PICT-1357
4. Remove the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer securing the brake clutch strap to the underside of the chassis (Fig. 1051).
Fig 1049
PICT-1422
Fig 1051
PICT-1368
7
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-1
7
GEAR DRIVE
5. Unhook the gear drive idler spring from the tab on the frame (Fig. 1052).
Traction Drive Belt Installation
Note: The trailing shield has been removed for photo purposes.
1. Route the traction drive belt around the pulleys (Fig.
1054).
A
B
C
H
D
Fig 1052
PICT-1443
6. Remove the traction drive belt from around the pulleys and remove it from the machine (Fig. 1053).
G
Fig 1054
F
E
fi g. 47 G000264
B. Transmission belt
C. Tension spring
D. Driven pulley
F. Idler pulley
G. Engine deck
H. Clutch wire connector
2. Hook the drive belt idler spring to the tab on the frame (Fig. 1055).
Fig 1053
PICT-1447
Fig 1055
PICT-1443
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-2
GEAR DRIVE
7. Feed the clutch harness plug up through the chassis
(Fig. 1056).
9. Install the bolt, nut, 2 washers and spacer to secure the brake clutch strap to the underside of the frame
(Fig. 1058).
Fig 1056
PICT-1415
8. Install the rubber grommet into the frame (Fig.
1057).
Fig 1058
PICT-1488
10. Plug the clutch into the wire harness (Fig. 1059).
Fig 1057
PICT-1417
Fig 1059
PICT-1422
11. Install the mower spindle drive belt. Refer to:
“Mower Spindle Drive Belt Belt Installation (36”
Mower Deck)” on page 8-5, or “Mower Spindle Drive
Belt Belt Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower
Decks)” on page 8-2.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-3
7
7
GEAR DRIVE
Gear Drive Idler Replacement
Note: The trailing shield has been removed for photo purposes.
Gear Drive Idler Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Unhook the drive belt idler spring from the tab on the frame (Fig. 1060).
3. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the gear drive idler arm to the frame (Fig. 1061).
Fig 1061
PICT-1497
4. Remove the gear drive idler assembly out of the frame (Fig. 1062).
Fig 1060
PICT-1496
Fig 1062
PICT-1499
7-4 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
5. Remove the shoulder bolt from the idler arm assembly (Fig. 1063).
GEAR DRIVE
7. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the idler pulley to the idler arm (Fig. 1065).
Fig 1063
PICT-1500a
Fig 1065
PICT-1502a
6. Remove the spring from the idler arm (Fig. 1064).
8. Remove the bolt and idler pulley from the idler arm
(Fig. 1066).
Fig 1064
PICT-1501
Fig 1066
PICT-1507a
7
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-5
GEAR DRIVE
9. Remove the 2 fl ange bushings from the idler arm
(Fig. 1067).
2. Install the pulley to the idler arm with a bolt and nut.
The pulley hub is installed facing the idler arm (Fig.
1069).
Fig 1067
PICT-1506a
Gear Drive Idler Installation
Fig 1069
PICT-1504a
3. Install the idler spring onto the idler arm (Fig. 1070).
1068).
7
Fig 1068
PICT-1508
Fig 1070
PICT-1501
7-6 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
GEAR DRIVE
4. Insert the shoulder bolt into the idler arm pivot and position the idler assembly into the frame (Fig.
1071).
6. Hook the drive belt idler spring to the tab on the frame (Fig. 1073).
Fig 1071
PICT-1499
Fig 1073
PICT-1496
5. Install a nut onto the shoulder bolt securing the idler assembly to the frame (Fig. 1072).
Transmission Driven Pulley
Replacement
Note: The trailing shield has been removed for photo purposes.
Transmission Driven Pulley Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Raise the machine to access the underside of the frame.
7
Fig 1072
PICT-1497
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-7
GEAR DRIVE
3. Unhook the drive belt idler spring from the tab on the frame (Fig. 1074).
5. Remove the gear drive idler assembly out of the frame (Fig. 1076).
Fig 1074
PICT-1496
Fig 1076
PICT-1499
4. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the gear drive idler arm to the frame (Fig. 1075).
6. Remove the drive belt from the transmission driven pulley (Fig. 1077).
7
Fig 1075
PICT-1497
Fig 1077
PICT-1575
7-8 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
GEAR DRIVE
7. Remove the retaining ring from the end of the transmission drive shaft (Fig. 1078).
9. Slide the driven pulley off the transmission drive shaft (Fig. 1080).
Fig 1078
PICT-1510
Fig 1080
PICT-1512
8. Loosen the set screw securing the transmission driven pulley to the transmission driveshaft (Fig.
1079).
10. Remove the key from the transmission driveshaft keyway (Fig. 1081).
Fig 1079
PICT-1511
Fig 1081
PICT-1513
7
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-9
GEAR DRIVE
11. Remove the set screw from the driven pulley (Fig.
1082).
2. Insert the key into the keyway on the transmission driveshaft (Fig. 1084).
Fig 1082
PICT-1515
Fig 1084
PICT-1566
Transmission Driven Pulley Installation
1. Apply anti-seize to the transmission driveshaft (Fig.
1083).
3. Apply thread locking compound to the driven pulley set screw (Fig. 1085).
7
Fig 1083
PICT-1564
Fig 1085
PICT-1567a
7-10 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
GEAR DRIVE
4. Begin threading the set screw into the driven pulley hub (Fig. 1086).
6. Tighten the set screw securing the transmission driven pulley to the transmission driveshaft (Fig.
1088).
Fig 1086
PICT-1518
5. Slide the driven pulley onto the transmission drive shaft (Fig. 1087).
Fig 1088
PICT-1511
7. Install a retaining ring onto the end of the transmission drive shaft (Fig. 1089).
Fig 1087
PICT-1571
Fig 1089
PICT-1510
7
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-11
GEAR DRIVE
8. Install the drive belt onto the transmission driven pulley (Fig. 1090).
10. Install a nut onto the bolt securing the gear drive idler assembly to the frame (Fig. 1092).
Fig 1090
PICT-1575
Fig 1092
PICT-1497
9. Position the gear drive idler assembly into of the frame with the bolt inserted through the mounting hole (Fig. 1091).
11. Hook the gear drive idler spring to the spring tab on the frame (Fig. 1093).
7
7-12
Fig 1091
PICT-1499
12. Lower the machine.
Fig 1093
PICT-1496
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
GEAR DRIVE
4. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the gear drive idler arm to the frame (Fig. 1095).
Gear Drive Transmission
Replacement
Note: The trailing shield has been removed for photo purposes.
Gear Drive Transmission Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Raise the machine to access the underside of the frame.
3. Unhook the gear drive idler spring from the tab on the frame (Fig. 1094).
Fig 1095
PICT-1497
5. Lower the gear drive idler assembly out of the frame
(Fig. 1096).
Fig 1094
PICT-1496
Fig 1096
PICT-1499
7
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-13
GEAR DRIVE
6. Remove the drive belt from the transmission driven pulley (Fig. 1097).
8. Loosen the set screw securing the transmission driven pulley to the transmission driveshaft (Fig.
1099).
Fig 1097
PICT-1575
Fig 1099
PICT-1511
7. Remove the retaining ring from the end of the transmission drive shaft (Fig. 1098).
9. Slide the driven pulley off the transmission driveshaft
(Fig. 1100).
7
Fig 1098
PICT-1510
Fig 1100
PICT-1512
7-14 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
10. Remove the key from the transmission driveshaft keyway (Fig. 1101).
GEAR DRIVE
14. Loosen the idler support bracket pivot bolt (Fig.
1103).
Fig 1101
PICT-1513
Fig 1103
PICT-1520
15. Rotate the idler support bracket so that it is out of the way of the transmission pulley (Fig. 1104).
11. Lower the machine.
12. Release the parking brake.
13. Remove the 3 lower idler support mounting bolts
(Fig. 1102).
Fig 1104
PICT-1521
7
Fig 1102
PICT-1519
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-15
GEAR DRIVE
16. Remove the wheel drive belt from the transmission pulley (Fig. 1105).
18. Slide the transmission pulley/output shaft assembly away from the transmission and out of the frame
(Fig. 1107).
Fig 1105
PICT-1524
Fig 1107
PICT-1554
17. Remove the 2 bolts and nuts securing the transmission axle fl ange bearing to the frame (Fig. 1106).
19. Remove the coupler and coupler guard from the transmission splined shaft (Fig. 1108).
7
Fig 1106
PICT-1525
Fig 1108
PICT-1531
7-16 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
GEAR DRIVE
20. Remove the 2 bolts and nuts that secure the opposite transmission axle fl ange bearing to the frame
(Fig. 1109).
22. Remove the transmission from the frame by rocking it backward and pulling the transmission from the remaining coupler assembly (Fig. 1111).
Note: The coupler may come off of the axle with the transmission. If so, remove it from the transmission and replace it onto the axle.
Fig 1109
PICT-1536
21. Remove the 4 transmission mounting bolts and lock washers (Fig. 1110).
Fig 1111
PICT-1542a
23. Remove the 4 bolts securing the shift plate to the transmission (Fig. 1112).
7
Fig 1110
PICT-1534
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1112
PICT-5056a
7-17
GEAR DRIVE
24. Remove the shift plate assembly from the transmission (Fig. 1113).
26. Remove the shift lever and washer from the transmission shifter shaft (Fig. 1115).
Note: For transmission service procedures, refer to the appropriate Tecumseh Peerless Service
Manual.
7
Fig 1113
PICT-5060
25. Remove the bolt and Belleville washer securing the shift lever to the transmission (Fig. 1114).
Fig 1115
PICT-5070a
Gear Drive Transmission Installation
1. Install the square ID washer and shift lever onto the transmission shifter shaft (Fig. 1116).
Fig 1114
PICT-5067a
Fig 1116
PICT-5072a
7-18 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
GEAR DRIVE
2. Install the Belleville washer oriented with the crown up (Fig. 1117).
4. Position the shift plate assembly over the shift lever and onto the transmission (Fig. 1119).
Fig 1117
PICT-5077a
Fig 1119
PICT-5081
3. Install the nut to secure the shift lever and washers to the transmission shifter post. Torque the nut to 30
– 35 ft-lbs. (40.67 – 47.45 Nm) (Fig. 1118).
5. Install 4 bolts to secure the shift plate to the transmission (Fig. 1120).
Fig 1118
PICT-5080a
Fig 1120
PICT-5087
7
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-19
GEAR DRIVE
6. Slide the transmission splined shaft into the RH coupler assembly. Position the transmission so that the output shaft drops through the opening in the frame (Fig. 1121).
8. Install 4 transmission mounting bolts and lock washers securing the transmission to the frame (Fig.
1123).
7
Fig 1121
PICT-1549
Fig 1123
PICT-1534
7. Install 2 bolts and nuts to secure the fl ange bearing to the frame (Fig. 1122).
9. Slide the coupler and coupler guard onto the transmission splined shaft (Fig. 1124).
Note: Align the 2 grease fi ttings.
Fig 1122
PICT-1536
Fig 1124
PICT-1553a
7-20 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
GEAR DRIVE
10. Slide the transmission pulley/output shaft assembly through the frame and into the coupler assembly
(Fig. 1125).
Note: Relubricate the shafts, if needed (Fig. 1127).
Fig 1127
PICT-1553a
Fig 1125
PICT-1554
11. Install 2 bolts and nuts securing the transmission axle fl ange bearing to the frame (Fig. 1126).
12. Route the wheel drive belt around the transmission pulley (Fig. 1128).
Fig 1126
PICT-1525
Fig 1128
PICT-1524
7
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-21
GEAR DRIVE
13. Rotate the idler support bracket back in place so that the mounting holes line up with the holes in the frame (Fig. 1129).
15. Tighten the idler support bracket pivot bolt (Fig.
1131).
Fig 1129
PICT-1555
Fig 1131
PICT-1520
14. Loosely install 3 idler support bracket mounting bolts and nuts (Fig. 1130).
16. Tighten the 3 lower idler support bracket mounting bolts (Fig. 1132).
7
Fig 1130
PICT-1519
Fig 1132
PICT-1519
7-22 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
GEAR DRIVE
17. Raise the machine to access the underside of the frame.
18. Apply anti-seize to the transmission driveshaft (Fig.
1133).
20. Apply thread locking compound to the driven pulley set screw (Fig. 1135).
Fig 1135
PICT-1567a
Fig 1133
PICT-1564
21. Begin threading the set screw into the driven pulley hub (Fig. 1136).
19. Insert the key into the keyway on the transmission driveshaft (Fig. 1134).
Fig 1136
PICT-1518
7
Fig 1134
PICT-1566
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-23
GEAR DRIVE
22. Slide the driven pulley onto the transmission drive shaft (Fig. 1137).
24. Install a retaining ring onto the end of the transmission drive shaft (Fig. 1139).
Fig 1137
PICT-1571
Fig 1139
PICT-1510
23. Tighten the set screw securing the transmission driven pulley to the transmission driveshaft (Fig.
1138).
25. Route the drive belt onto the transmission driven pulley (Fig. 1140).
7
Fig 1138
PICT-1511
Fig 1140
PICT-1575
7-24 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
GEAR DRIVE
26. Insert the shoulder bolt into the idler arm pivot and position the idler assembly into the frame (Fig.
1141).
28. Hook the gear drive idler spring to the spring tab on the frame (Fig. 1143).
Fig 1141
PICT-1499
29. Lower the machine.
27. Install a nut onto the bolt securing the gear drive idler arm to the frame (Fig. 1142).
Fig 1143
PICT-1496
7
Fig 1142
PICT-1497
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 7-25
GEAR DRIVE
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
7
7-26 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Mower Spindle Drive Belt
Replacement
Mower Spindle Drive Belt Removal
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the key. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 1144).
MOWER DECKS
4. Rotate the belt guide out of the way of the PTO drive belt (Fig. 1146).
Fig 1144
PICT-1038
3. Loosen the nut securing the center spindle belt guide to the mower deck (Fig. 1145).
Fig 1146
PICT-1024a
5. Roll the PTO drive belt off the center spindle pulley
(Fig. 1147).
Fig 1147
PICT-1026
8
Fig 1145
PICT-1023a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-1
MOWER DECKS
6. Remove the right and left belt covers (Fig. 1148).
8. Remove the mower spindle drive belt (Fig. 1150).
Fig 1148
PICT-1039
Fig 1150
PICT-1043
7. Using a spring removal tool (Toro p/n: 92-5771) remove the idler spring from the spring plate (Fig.
1149).
Mower Spindle Drive Belt Installation
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
1. Route the mower spindle drive belt around the mower deck pulleys. Refer to the deck routing decal
(Fig. 1151):
8
Fig 1149
PICT-1042
Fig 1151
fi g. 104-8186
8-2 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
2. Using a spring removal tool (Toro p/n: 92-5771), hook the idler spring to the spring plate (Fig. 1152).
4. Ensure the PTO drive belt is routed around the clutch pulley and the idler pulley. Roll the PTO drive belt onto the center spindle pulley (Fig. 1154 and
Fig. 1155).
Fig 1152
PICT-1042
3. Install the right and left belt covers (Fig. 1153).
Fig 1154
PICT-1030a
Fig 1153
PICT-1039
Fig 1155
PICT-1026a
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-3
MOWER DECKS
5. Rotate the belt guide into place so that it is approximately 1/8” (3mm) away from the PTO drive belt
(Fig. 1156).
7. Install the carrier frame cover (Fig. 1158).
Fig 1158
PICT-1022
Fig 1156
PICT-1031
6. Tighten the nut securing the center spindle belt guide to the mower deck (Fig. 1157).
Mower Spindle Drive Belt Removal
(36” Mower Deck)
1. Remove the PTO drive belt. Refer to “PTO Drive Belt
Removal” on page 8-8.
2. Unhook the idler spring from the spring post (Fig.
1159).
8
8-4
Fig 1157
PICT-1023a
Fig 1159
PICT-1448
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
3. Remove the mower deck belt from around pulleys and remove it from the machine (Fig. 1160).
2. Hook the idler spring to the spring post (Fig. 1162).
Fig 1160
PICT-1449
Fig 1162
PICT-1448
3. Install the PTO drive belt. Refer to “PTO Drive Belt
Installation” on page 8-9.
Mower Spindle Drive Belt Installation
(36” Mower Deck)
1. Route the mower spindle drive belt around the pulleys. Refer to the belt routing decal (Fig. 1161).
Fig 1161
fi g. 104-8185
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-5
8
MOWER DECKS
PTO Drive Belt Replacement
PTO Drive Belt Removal
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the key.
2. Set the parking brake.
3. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 1163).
5. Rotate the belt guide out of the way of the PTO drive belt (Fig. 1165).
Fig 1163
PICT-1038
4. Loosen the nut securing the center spindle belt guide to the mower deck (Fig. 1164).
Fig 1165
PICT-1024a
6. Roll the PTO drive belt off the center spindle pulley
(Fig. 1166).
Fig 1166
PICT-1026a
8
8-6
Fig 1164
PICT-1023a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
7. Raise the machine to access the underside.
8. Remove the PTO drive belt from around the clutch pulley and the idler pulley and remove it from the machine (Fig. 1167).
3. Lower the machine to access the top of the mower deck.
4. Roll the PTO drive belt onto the center spindle pulley
(Fig. 1169).
Fig 1167
PICT-1028
Fig 1169
PICT-1026a
PTO Drive Belt Installation
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
1. Raise the machine to access the underside.
2. Route the PTO drive belt around the clutch pulley and the idler pulley (Fig. 1168).
5. Rotate the belt guide into place so that it is approximately 1/8” (3mm) away from the PTO drive belt
(Fig. 1170).
Fig 1168
PICT-1030a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1170
PICT-1031
8
8-7
MOWER DECKS
6. Tighten the nut securing the center spindle belt guide to the mower deck (Fig. 1171).
PTO Drive Belt Removal (36” Mower Decks)
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the key. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 1173).
Fig 1171
PICT-1023a
7. Install the carrier frame cover (Fig. 1172).
Fig 1173
PICT-1358
3. Remove the mower deck belt cover (Fig. 1174).
8
Fig 1172
PICT-1022
Fig 1174
PICT-1360
8-8 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
4. Roll the deck drive belt off the fi xed (center) mower deck pulley (Fig. 1175).
7. Remove the belt from the clutch pulley and remove it from the machine (Fig. 1177).
Fig 1175
PICT-1361
Fig 1177
PICT-1365a
5. Raise the machine to access the underside.
6. Remove PTO belt idler pulley spring from frame bolt
(Fig. 1176).
PTO Drive Belt Installation
(36” Mower Decks)
1. Raise the machine to access the underside.
2. Route the deck drive belt around the clutch pulley
(Fig. 1178).
Fig 1176
PICT-0287
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1178
PICT-1365a
8
8-9
MOWER DECKS
3. Install the PTO belt idler pulley spring onto the frame bolt (Fig. 1179).
6. Roll the PTO drive belt onto the fi xed (center) mower deck pulley (Fig. 1181).
Fig 1179
PICT-0287
4. Lower the machine.
5. Route the spindle drive belt around the pulleys.
Refer to the belt routing decal (Fig. 1180).
Fig 1181
PICT-1361
7. Install the mower deck belt cover (Fig. 1182).
8
Fig 1180
fi g. 104-8185
Fig 1182
PICT-1360
8-10 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
8. Install the carrier frame cover (Fig. 1183).
MOWER DECKS
2. Install a blade stop to secure the blade (Fig. 1184).
Fig 1184
PICT-1185
Fig 1183
PICT-1358
Spindle Replacement and Service
Spindle Removal and Teardown
1. Remove one or both drive belts, depending on spindle being removed Refer to:
• “PTO Drive Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60”
Mower Decks)” on page 8-6 or
• “PTO Drive Belt Removal (36” Mower Decks)” on page 8-8 and
• “Mower Sindle Drive Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)” on page 8-1, or
• “Mower Spindle Drive Belt Removal (36” Mower
Deck)” on page 8-4.
3. Support the blade/spindle shaft assembly and remove the spindle nut (Fig. 1185).
Fig 1185
PICT-1187
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-11
MOWER DECKS
4. Slide the blade/spindle shaft assembly out of the spindle housing (Fig. 1186).
6. Remove the pulley assembly (Fig. 1188).
Fig 1186
PICT-1188
Fig 1188
PICT-1190
7. Remove the bearing shield (Fig. 1189).
5. Remove the washer (Fig. 1187).
8
Fig 1187
PICT-1189
Fig 1189
PICT-1191
8-12 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
8. Remove the 6 nuts securing the spindle housing to the mower deck (Fig. 1190).
Note: There may be a spring plate installed on one of the spindle bolts.
10. Remove the blade bolt, washer and the blade from the spindle shaft (Fig. 1192).
Fig 1192
PICT-1197
Fig 1190
PICT-1192
Note: 36” and 52” mower decks have a blade stiffener (Fig. 1193).
9. While supporting the housing, remove the 6 selftapping bolts securing the spindle housing to the mower deck. Lower the spindle housing from the mower deck (Fig. 1191).
Fig 1191
PICT-1194
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1193
PICT-1442
8
8-13
MOWER DECKS
11. Remove the 2 bearings and the spacer from the spindle housing (Fig. 1194).
Spindle Rebuild and Installation
1. Install a bearing into one side of the spindle housing
(Fig. 1196).
Fig 1194
PICT-1203
Fig 1196
PICT-1208
12. Clean and inspect the housing, bearings and spacer for wear and damage. Replace as necessary.
Spindle Assembly (Fig. 1195)
2. Insert the spacer into the spindle housing (Fig.
1197).
8
A
B
C
D
B
F H
E
G
Fig 1195
PICT-1204a
F. Pulley
G. Washer
H. Nut
8-14
Fig 1197
PICT-1210
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
3. Install a bearing into the other side of the spindle housing (Fig. 1198).
MOWER DECKS
5. Slide the bearing shield onto the spindle shaft (Fig.
1200).
Fig 1198
PICT-1211
4. Insert the spindle shaft into the spindle housing assembly (Fig. 1199).
Fig 1200
PICT-1214
6. Slide the pulley assembly onto the spindle shaft so the welded center bore of the pulley is facing away from the spindle housing (Fig. 1201).
Note: If the spindle has a dual pulley, the smaller size pulley faced the spindle housing.
Fig 1199
PICT-1212
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1201
PICT-1216
8
8-15
MOWER DECKS
7. Slide a washer onto the spindle shaft (Fig. 1202).
9. Install the crowned blade bolt washer onto the blade bolt so the crown is toward the bolt head (Fig. 1204).
Fig 1202
PICT-1217
8. Install a nut onto the spindle shaft (Fig. 1203).
Fig 1204
PICT-1224
10. Install the blade bolt, washer and blade to the spindle shaft (Fig. 1205).
8
Fig 1203
PICT-1219
Fig 1205
PICT-1226
8-16 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
Note: The “sails” of the blade should be pointing toward the spindle housing.
Note: 36” and 52” mower decks have a blade stiffener that should be installed between the crowned washer and the blade (Fig. 1206).
12. Torque the blade bolt to 85-110 ft-lbs. (115-149 Nm)
(Fig. 1208).
Fig 1208
PICT-1231
Fig 1206
PICT-1442 13. Position the spindle and blade assembly into the mower deck from below and install 6 self-tapping screws to secure the spindle housing to the mower deck (Fig. 1209).
11. Torque the spindle shaft nut to 100 + 10 ft-lbs.
(135.5 + 13.5 Nm) (Fig. 1207).
Fig 1207
PICT-1228
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1209
PICT-1232
8
8-17
MOWER DECKS
14. If applicable, place the spring plate onto the selftapping screw shown (Fig. 1210):
16. Reinstall the drive belt or belts, as applicable. Refer to:
• “Mower Spindle Drive Belt Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)” on page 8-2, or
• “Mower Spindle Drive Belt Installation (36” Mower
Deck)” on page 8-5 and
• “PTO Drive Belt Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60”
Mower Decks)” on page 8-7 or
• “PTO Drive Belt Installation (36” Mower Decks)” on page 8-9.
Fig 1210
PICT-1235
15. Install 6 nuts onto the self-tapping screws. Ensure the spring plate is positioned as shown (Fig. 1211).
Idler Arm Assembly Replacement
Idler Arm Assembly Removal
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the key.
2. Set the parking brake.
3. Remove the carrier frame cover (Fig. 1212).
8
Fig 1211
IMG-7943a
Fig 1212
PICT-1038
8-18 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
4. Remove the left belt cover (Fig. 1213).
MOWER DECKS
6. Remove the spring from the idler arm assembly (Fig.
1215).
Fig 1213
PICT-1039
5. Using a spring removal tool (Toro p/n: 92-5771) remove the idler spring from the spring plate (Fig.
1214).
Fig 1215
PICT-1128
7. If the spring plate requires replacement, remove the nut securing it to the mower deck (Fig. 1216).
Fig 1214
PICT-1042
Fig 1216
PICT-1130
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-19
MOWER DECKS
8. Remove the mower deck belt from around the idler pulley (Fig. 1217).
10. Remove the idler arm bolt and washer (Fig. 1219).
Fig 1217
PICT-1131
Fig 1219
PICT-1135
9. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the idler arm to the mower deck (Fig. 1218).
11. Remove the idler arm assembly and washer from the mower deck (Fig. 1220).
8
Fig 1218
PICT-1132
Fig 1220
PICT-1137a
8-20 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
12. Remove the nut and washer from the bolt securing the idler pulley to the idler arm (Fig. 1221).
14. Remove the bolt from the idler arm (Fig. 1223).
Fig 1221
PICT-1143
Fig 1223
PICT-1147
15. Remove the spacer from the idler arm (Fig. 1224).
13. Remove the pulley and spacer from the idler arm assembly (Fig. 1222).
Fig 1222
PICT-1145
Fig 1224
PICT-1148
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-21
MOWER DECKS
16. Remove the grease fi tting from the idler arm (Fig.
1225).
Idler Arm Assembly Installation
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
arm pivot (Fig. 1227).
Fig 1225
PICT-1149
17. Remove the 2 fl ange bushings from the idler arm pivot (Fig. 1226).
Fig 1227
PICT-1153
2. Install a grease fi tting into the idler arm (Fig. 1228).
8
Fig 1226
PICT-1151
Fig 1228
PICT-1149
8-22 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
3. Install the bolt into the idler arm (Fig. 1229).
MOWER DECKS
5. Install the pulley onto the bolt with the hub installed toward the idler arm (Fig. 1231).
Fig 1229
PICT-1163a
4. Install a spacer onto the bolt (Fig. 1230).
Fig 1231
PICT-1167a
6. Install a washer onto the bolt (Fig. 1232).
Fig 1230
PICT-1166a
Fig 1232
PICT-1168a
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-23
MOWER DECKS
7. Install a nut onto the bolt (Fig. 1233).
9. Slide a washer onto the idler pivot bolt. Insert the bolt up through the mower deck (Fig. 1235).
Fig 1233
PICT-1170a
Fig 1235
PICT-1173
8. Install the spacer into the idler arm pivot (Fig. 1234).
10. Slide a washer onto the bolt on the top side of the mower deck (Fig. 1236).
8
Fig 1234
PICT-1171a
Fig 1236
PICT-1176a
8-24 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
11. Slide the idler arm assembly pivot onto the bolt (Fig.
1237).
13. Ensure the belt is routed properly on the mower deck. Refer to the belt routing decal (Fig. 1239):
Fig 1237
PICT-1177a
Fig 1239
fi g. 104-8186
12. Install a nut onto the idler arm pivot bolt securing the idler arm to the mower deck (Fig. 1238).
14. If it was removed, position the spring plate onto the self-tapping bolt located next to left spindle pulley.
Install a nut to secure the spring plate (Fig. 1240).
Fig 1238
PICT-1132
Fig 1240
PICT-1179
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-25
MOWER DECKS
15. Hook the spring onto the idler arm (Fig. 1241).
17. Apply grease to the idler arm grease fi tting (Fig.
1243).
Fig 1241
PICT-1128
Fig 1243
PICT-1182a
16. Using a spring removal tool (Toro p/n 92-5771), install the idler spring to the spring plate (Fig. 1242).
18. Install the left belt cover (Fig. 1244).
8
Fig 1242
PICT-1181
Fig 1244
PICT-1039
8-26 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
19. Install the carrier frame cover (Fig. 1245).
MOWER DECKS
5. Remove the nut, washer and bolt from the idler arm pivot location (Fig. 1246).
Fig 1245
PICT-1038
Fig 1246
PICT-1452a
Idler Arm Assembly Replacement
(36” Mower Deck)
Idler Arm Assembly Removal
(36” Mower Deck)
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the key.
2. Set the parking brake.
3. Remove the PTO drive belt. Refer to “PTO Drive Belt
Removal” on page 8-8.
4. Remove the mower spindle drive belt. Refer to
“Mower Spindle Drive Belt Removal” on page 8-4.
6. Remove the idler arm assembly from the mower deck (Fig. 1247).
Fig 1247
PICT-1454a
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-27
MOWER DECKS
7. Remove the spring from the idler arm post (Fig.
1248).
9. Remove the nut, bolt and pulley from the idler arm
(Fig. 1250).
Fig 1248
PICT-1457a
Fig 1250
PICT-1460
8. Remove the spacer from the idler arm pivot (Fig.
1249).
Idler Arm Assembly Installation
(36” Mower Deck)
1. Position the pulley to the idler arm so that the pulley hub is positioned toward the idler arm (Fig. 1251).
8
Fig 1249
PICT-1459a
Fig 1251
PICT-1465
8-28 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
2. Install a bolt and nut to secure the pulley to the idler arm (Fig. 1252).
4. Position the idler arm assembly onto the mower deck (Fig. 1254).
Fig 1252
PICT-1460
Fig 1254
PICT-1466
3. Slide the spacer into the idler arm pivot (Fig. 1253).
5. Insert a bolt up through the mower deck and through the idler arm pivot. Install a washer and a nut onto the bolt (Fig. 1255).
Fig 1253
PICT-1459a
Fig 1255
PICT-1467a
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-29
8
8-30
MOWER DECKS
6. Hook the idler spring to the idler arm (Fig. 1256).
Adjustable Baffl e Replacement
Adjustable Baffl e Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the nut that secures the lock lever to the lock cap (Fig. 1257).
Fig 1256
PICT-1469
7. Install the mower spindle drive belt. Refer to “Mower
Spindle Drive Belt Installation” on page 8-5.
8. Install the PTO drive belt. Refer to “PTO Drive Belt
Installation” on page 8-9.
Fig 1257
PICT-1080
3. Slide the lock lever out of the lock cap (Fig. 1258).
Fig 1258
PICT-1082
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
4. Remove the lock cap (Fig. 1259).
MOWER DECKS
6. Remove the nut from the self-tapping screw that secures the adjustable baffl e to the underside of the mower deck (Fig. 1261).
Fig 1259
PICT-1083
Fig 1261
PICT-1092a
5. Remove the lock screw by unthreading it from the adjustable baffl e assembly (Fig. 1260).
7. Remove the self-tapping screw that secures the adjustable baffl e to the underside of the mower deck
(Fig. 1262).
Fig 1260
PICT-1084
Fig 1262
PICT-1088
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-31
MOWER DECKS
8. Remove the adjustable baffl e from the mower deck
(Fig. 1263).
2. Install a self-tapping screw to secure the adjustable baffl e to the underside of the mower deck (Fig.
1265).
Fig 1263
PICT-1089
Fig 1265
PICT-1088
Adjustable Baffl e Installation
1. Position the adjustable baffl e on the underside of the mower deck (Fig. 1264).
3. Install a nut onto the self-tapping bolt that secures the adjustable baffl e to the underside of the mower deck (Fig. 1266).
8
Fig 1264
PICT-1089
Fig 1266
PICT-1092a
8-32 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
4. Apply anti-seize compound onto the lock screw threads (Fig. 1267).
MOWER DECKS
6. Position the lock cap onto the lock screw (Fig. 1269).
Fig 1267
PICT-1094a
Fig 1269
PICT-1083
5. Thread the lock screw into the bushing of the adjustable baffl e assembly (Fig. 1268).
7. Slide the lock lever into the lock cap (Fig. 1270).
Fig 1268
PICT-1084
Fig 1270
PICT-1082
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-33
MOWER DECKS
8. Install a nut to secure the lock lever to the lock cap and screw (Fig. 1271).
2. Remove the right hand belt cover (Fig. 1272).
8
Fig 1271
PICT-1080a
Fig 1272
PICT-1236
Discharge Baffl e Replacement
The following procedures cover replacing the discharge baffl e on 40”, 48”, 52” and 60” mower decks. Although the 36” mower deck discharge baffl e looks different, the same procedures can be used for its replacement.
3. Remove the nut from each of the 2 self-tapping screws securing the discharge baffl e to the underside of the mower deck (Fig. 1273).
Discharge Baffl e Removal
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the key. Set the parking brake.
Fig 1273
PICT-1238
8-34 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
4. Raise the machine to access the underside of the mower deck.
5. Remove the 2 self-tapping screws securing the discharge baffl e to the mower deck (Fig. 1274).
MOWER DECKS
Discharge Baffl e Installation
1. Position the discharge baffl e to the mower deck (Fig.
1276).
Fig 1274
PICT-1242
Fig 1276
PICT-1244
6. Remove the discharge baffl e from the mower deck
(Fig. 1275).
2. Install 2 self-tapping screws to secure the discharge baffl e to the underside of the mower deck (Fig.
1277).
Fig 1275
PICT-1244
Fig 1277
PICT-1242
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-35
MOWER DECKS
3. Lower the machine to access the top of the mower deck.
4. Install a nut onto each of the 2 self-tapping screws to secure the discharge baffl e to the underside of the mower (Fig. 1278).
Fixed Baffl e Replacement
Fixed Baffl e Removal
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the key. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the nuts from the 2 self-tapping screws that secure the fi xed baffl e to the mower deck (Fig.
1280).
Fig 1278
PICT-1238
5. Install the right hand belt cover (Fig. 1279).
Fig 1280
PICT-1096
3. Remove the carriage bolt and nut securing the fi xed baffl e to the left side of the mower deck (Fig. 1281).
8
8-36
Fig 1279
PICT-1236
Fig 1281
PICT-1098
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
4. Remove the 2 self-tapping screws securing the fi xed baffl e to the mower deck (Fig. 1282).
Fixed Baffl e Installation
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
1284).
1283).
Fig 1282
PICT-1102
Fig 1284
PICT-1103
2. Install 2 self-tapping screws to secure the fi xed baffl e to the mower deck (Fig. 1285).
Fig 1283
PICT-1103
Fig 1285
PICT-1102
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-37
MOWER DECKS
3. Install the carriage bolt and nut to secure the fi xed baffl e to the left side of the mower deck (Fig. 1286).
Fixed Baffl e Replacement
(36” Mower Deck)
Fixed Baffl e Removal (36” Mower Deck)
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the key. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the 2 bolts, washers and nuts securing the fi xed baffl e to the mower deck (Fig. 1288).
Fig 1286
PICT-1098
4. Install a nut onto each of the 2 self-tapping screws that secure the fi xed baffl e to the mower deck (Fig.
1287).
1289).
Fig 1288
PICT-1426
8
8-38
Fig 1287
PICT-1096
Fig 1289
PICT-1427
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fixed Baffl e Installation (36” Mower Deck)
1290).
MOWER DECKS
Skid Plate Replacement
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
Skid Plate Removal
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Deck)
1. Turn the ignition off and remove the key. Set the parking brake.
2. Raise the machine to access the underside of the mower deck.
3. Remove the carriage bolt and nut securing the front of the skid plate to the mower deck (Fig. 1292).
Fig 1290
PICT-1427
2. Install 2 bolts, washers and nuts to secure the fi xed baffl e to the mower deck (Fig. 1291).
Fig 1292
PICT-1114
8
Fig 1291
PICT-1426
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-39
MOWER DECKS
4. Remove the 2 carriage bolts and nuts securing the rear of the skid plate to the mower deck (Fig. 1293).
Skid Plate Installation
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Deck)
1. Position the skid plate to the mower deck (Fig.
1295).
Fig 1293
PICT-1121
5. Remove the skid plate from the mower deck (Fig.
1294).
Fig 1295
PICT-1122
2. Loosely install 3 carriage bolts and nuts to secure the skid plate to the mower deck: 2 holding the rear of the skid plate and 1 holding the front of the skid plate (Fig. 1296).
8
8-40
Fig 1294
PICT-1122
Fig 1296
PICT-1127
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
3. Tighten all 3 carriage bolts and nuts to secure the skid plate to the mower deck (Fig. 1297).
MOWER DECKS
Skid Plate Replacement
(36” Mower Deck)
Skid Plate Removal (36” Mower Deck)
1. Raise the machine to access the underside of the mower deck.
2. Remove the 2 carriage bolts and nuts securing the front of the skid plate to the mower deck (Fig. 1298).
4. Lower the machine.
Fig 1297
PICT-1114a
Fig 1298
PICT-1435
3. Remove the 2 carriage bolts and nuts securing the rear of the skid plate to the mower deck (Fig. 1299).
Fig 1299
PICT-1436
8-41
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
4. Remove the skid plate from the mower deck (Fig.
1300).
2. Loosely install 4 carriage bolts and nuts to secure the skid plate to the mower deck: 2 holding the rear of the skid plate and 2 holding the front of the skid plate (Fig. 1302).
Fig 1300
PICT-1440
Skid Plate Installation (36” Mower Deck)
1. Position the skid plate to the mower deck (Fig.
1301).
Fig 1302
PICT-1435
3. Tighten all 4 carriage bolts and nuts to secure the skid plate to the mower deck (Fig. 1303).
8
8-42
Fig 1301
PICT-1440
4. Lower the machine.
Fig 1303
PICT-1441
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
Front & Rear Deck Hanger
Replacement
Front Deck Hanger Removal
1. Remove the drive belt from the center spindle pulley.
Refer to “PTO Drive Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52”, and
60” Mower Decks)” on page 8-6 or “PTO Drive Belt
Removal (36” Mower Decks)” on page 8-8.
2. Lift up on the mower deck and remove the hairpin(s) from the deck hanger pins (Fig. 1304).
3. Remove the spacers (if present) from the deck hanger pins (Fig. 1305).
Fig 1305
PICT-1258
4. Remove the nut from the bolt securing the ball joint to the mower deck (Fig. 1306).
Fig 1304
PICT-1257
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1306
PICT-1259
8
8-43
MOWER DECKS
5. Slide the ball joint/pin assembly off the bolt and remove it from the carrier frame (Fig. 1307).
7. Remove the bolt from the mower deck bracket (Fig.
1309).
Fig 1307
PICT-1267
6. Remove the spacer from the bolt (Fig. 1308).
Fig 1309
PICT-1273
8. Loosen the jam nut on the deck hanger pin (Fig.
1310).
8
Fig 1308
PICT-1269
Fig 1310
PICT-1275a
8-44 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
9. Remove the ball joint from the deck hanger pin (Fig.
1311).
Front Deck Hanger Installation
1. Install a jam nut onto the ball joint (Fig. 1313).
Fig 1311
PICT-1276a
10. Remove the jam nut from the ball joint (Fig. 1312).
Fig 1313
PICT-1277a
2. Thread the ball joint into the deck hanger pin (Fig.
1314).
Fig 1312
PICT-1277a
Fig 1314
PICT-1276a
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-45
MOWER DECKS
3. Adjust distance from the top of HOC stop to the center of the ball joint to 4.21” ± .06” (10.7 + .15cm).
Secure the jam nut against HOC pin. The hairpin holes in HOC pin are to be approximately inline with ball joint through hole (Fig. 1315).
5. Slide a spacer onto the bolt (Fig. 1317).
A
Fig 1317
PICT-1269
Fig 1315
PICT-1278a
A. 4.21” + . 6” (10.7 + .15cm)
6. Slide the ball joint/pin assembly onto the bolt and up through the mower deck bracket (Fig. 1318).
4. Insert the ball joint mounting bolt into the mower deck bracket (Fig. 1316).
Fig 1318
PICT-1267
8
8-46
Fig 1316
PICT-1270
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
7. Install a nut onto the bolt to secure the ball joint to the mower deck (Fig. 1319).
9. Lift up on the mower deck and install the hairpin(s) into the deck hanger pins at the desired height-of-cut setting (Fig. 1321).
Fig 1319
PICT-1259
8. Install the spacer(s) (if required) onto the deck hanger pins (Fig. 1320).
Fig 1321
PICT-1257
10. Install the deck drive belt onto the center spindle pulley. Refer to “PTO Drive Belt Installation (40”, 48”,
52” and 60” Mower Decks)” on page 8-7 or “PTO
Drive Belt Installation (36” Mower Decks)” on page
8-9.
Fig 1320
PICT-1258
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-47
8
MOWER DECKS
Rear Deck Hanger Removal
1. Remove the drive belt from the center spindle pulley.
Refer to “PTO Drive Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and
60” Mower Decks)” on page 8-6 or “PTO Drive Belt
Removal (36” Mower Decks)” on page 8-8.
2. 40”, 48”, 52” and 60” mower decks only: Remove the left hand belt cover (Fig. 1322).
4. Remove the spacer(s) (if present) from the deck hanger pin (Fig. 1324).
Fig 1322
PICT-1279
3. Support the mower deck and remove the hairpin(s) from the deck hanger pin (Fig. 1323).
Fig 1324
PICT-1281
5. Remove the retaining ring from the deck bushing
(Fig. 1325).
Fig 1325
PICT-1282
8
8-48
Fig 1323
PICT-1280
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
6. Remove the deck bushing from the carrier frame
(Fig. 1326).
MOWER DECKS
8. Remove the deck hanger pin from the carrier frame
(Fig. 1328).
Fig 1326
PICT-1283
Fig 1328
PICT-1285
7. Remove the bolt and nut securing the deck hanger pin to the mower deck (Fig. 1327).
9. Slide the snap ring off of the deck hanger pin (Fig.
1329).
Fig 1327
PICT-1284
Fig 1329
PICT-1286a
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-49
MOWER DECKS
Rear Deck Hanger Installation
1. Slide a retaining ring onto the deck hanger pin (Fig.
1330).
3. Install the bolt and nut to secure the deck hanger pin to the mower deck (Fig. 1332).
Fig 1332
PICT-1284
Fig 1330
PICT-1286a
2. Slide the deck hanger pin up through the carrier frame and into the mower deck. Note the orientation of the deck hanger pin tab (Fig. 1331):
4. Install the deck bushing over the deck hanger pin and into the carrier frame (Fig. 1333).
8
Fig 1331
PICT-1287
Fig 1333
PICT-1283
8-50 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
5. Install the retaining ring onto the deck bushing (Fig.
1334).
7. Lift up on the mower deck and install the hairpin(s) into the deck hanger pins at the desired height-of-cut setting (Fig. 1336).
Fig 1334
PICT-1282
6. Install the spacer(s) (if required) onto the deck hanger pins (Fig. 1335).
Fig 1336
PICT-1257
8. Install the deck drive belt onto the center spindle pulley. Refer to “PTO Drive Belt Installation (40”,
48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)” on page 8-7 or
“PTO Drive Belt Installation (36” Mower Decks)” on page 8-9.
9. 40”, 48”, 52” and 60” mower decks only: Install the left hand belt cover (Fig. 1337).
Fig 1335
PICT-1258
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1337
PICT-1279
8-51
8
MOWER DECKS
Anti-Scalp Roller Replacement
Single Anti-Scalp Roller Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the nut from the roller axle bolt (Fig. 1338).
4. Remove the spacer tube from the spanner tube (Fig.
1340).
Fig 1338
PICT-1104
3. Remove the axle bolt and roller assembly from the mower deck (Fig. 1339).
Fig 1340
PICT-1106
5. Remove the spanner tube from the roller (Fig. 1341).
Fig 1341
PICT-1107
8
8-52
Fig 1339
PICT-1105
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Single Anti-Scalp Roller Installation
1. Insert the spanner tube into the roller (Fig. 1342).
MOWER DECKS
3. Position the roller so that the spacer tube is located to the outside of the deck. Install the roller to the mower deck brackets with an axle bolt (Fig. 1344).
Fig 1342
PICT-1107
Fig 1344
PICT-1105
2. Install the spacer tube onto the spanner tube (Fig.
1343).
4. Install a nut onto the roller axle bolt (Fig. 1345).
Fig 1343
PICT-1106
Fig 1345
PICT-1104
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-53
MOWER DECKS
Double Anti-Scalp Roller Removal
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the nut from the roller axle bolt (Fig. 1346).
4. Remove the rollers from the wheel spacer (Fig.
1348).
Fig 1348
PICT-1112a
Fig 1346
PICT-1108
Double Anti-Scalp Roller Installation
1. Slide the rollers onto the wheel spacer (Fig. 1349).
3. Remove the axle bolt and double roller assembly from the mower deck (Fig. 1347).
8
8-54
Fig 1347
PICT-1109
Fig 1349
PICT-1112a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
2. Position the roller assembly in between the brackets on the mower deck. Install the roller assembly to the mower deck brackets with an axle bolt.
3. Install a nut onto the roller axle bolt (Fig. 1350).
2. Remove the nut from the defl ector assembly pivot bolt (Fig. 1352).
Fig 1352
PICT-1046a
Fig 1350
PICT-1108
3. Remove the pivot bolt from the defl ector assembly
(Fig. 1353).
Grass Defl ector Service
Grass Defl ector Removal
1. Carefully unhook the spring from the defl ector assembly (Fig. 1351).
Fig 1351
PICT-1044a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1353
PICT-1048a
8
8-55
MOWER DECKS
4. Remove the defl ector assembly, spacer and spring from the mower deck (Fig. 1354).
2. Remove the discharge strap and metal defl ector from the rubber defl ector (Fig. 1356).
Fig 1354
PICT-1049a
Fig 1356
PICT-1057
Grass Defl ector Disassembly
1. Remove the 4 carriage bolts and nuts securing the hinge brackets to the defl ector. Remove the hinge brackets (Fig. 1355).
Grass Defl ector Assembly
1. Insert the 4 carriage bolts into the discharge strap
(Fig. 1357).
Note: The bolt pattern is oriented so that the 2 bolt holes that are closer together are on the left.
8
8-56
Fig 1355
PICT-1050
Fig 1357
PICT-1062a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
2. Position and press the rubber defl ector onto the 4 carriage bolts (Fig. 1358).
MOWER DECKS
4. Position the 2 hinge brackets (Fig. 1360).
Fig 1358
PICT-1063
3. Install the metal defl ector onto the 4 carriage bolts
(Fig. 1359).
Fig 1360
PICT-1070
5. Install 4 nuts onto the bolts securing the defl ector assembly (Fig. 1361).
Fig 1359
PICT-1068
Fig 1361
PICT-1072
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-57
MOWER DECKS
Grass Defl ector Installation
1. Slide the spring onto the spacer (Fig. 1362).
3. Install the spring/spacer, using the pivot bolt, so that the hook end of the spring is on the defl ector side of the mounting plate and the “L” end of the spring is on the mower deck side of the mounting plate (Fig.
1364).
Fig 1362
PICT-1075a
Fig 1364
PICT-1077
2. Position the defl ector assembly to the mower deck and orient the spring/spacer assembly so the end of the spring with the hook is pointing to the rear (Fig.
1363).
4. Install a nut onto the pivot bolt (Fig. 1365).
8
Fig 1363
PICT-1076a
Fig 1365
PICT-1046a
8-58 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
5. Install the hook end of the spring onto the defl ector mounting bracket (Fig. 1366).
2. Remove the bushing from the quick latch handle
(Fig. 1368).
Fig 1366
PICT-1044a
Fig 1368
PICT-1250a
Quick Latch Replacement
There are a total of 5 quick latches located on the midsize units. The replacement procedure is the same for all.
3. Remove the washer from the quick latch handle (Fig.
1369).
Quick Latch Removal
1. Remove the nut from the quick latch handle (Fig.
1367).
Fig 1369
PICT-1251a
8
Fig 1367
PICT-1247a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-59
MOWER DECKS
4. Remove the quick latch handle from the cover (Fig.
1370).
2. Place a washer onto the quick latch handle (Fig.
1372).
Fig 1370
PICT-1253
Fig 1372
PICT-1251a
Quick Latch Installation
1. Insert the quick latch handle through the cover (Fig.
1371).
3. Install a bushing onto the quick latch handle (Fig.
1373).
8
Fig 1371
PICT-1253
Fig 1373
PICT-1250a
8-60 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
4. Install a nut securing the quick latch handle assembly to the cover. There must be one thread from the quick latch handle protruding past the nut (Fig.
1374).
3. Remove the top hairpins and spacer(s) (if present) from the deck hanger pin (Fig. 1375).
Fig 1375
PICT-1281
Fig 1374
PICT-1254
Mower Deck Removal
1. Support the rear of the chassis with a jack stand.
2. Remove the drive belt from the center spindle pulley.
Refer to: “PTO Drive Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and
60” Mower Decks)” on page 8-6 or “PTO Drive Belt
Removal (36” Mower Decks)” on page 8-8.
4. Lift up on the mower deck and remove the hairpins from the 4 deck hanger pins (Fig. 1376).
Fig 1376
PICT-1291
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-61
MOWER DECKS
5. Remove the spacers from the hanger pins if they are present (Fig. 1377).
Mower Deck Installation
1. Raise and position the carrier frame over the mower deck (Fig. 1379).
Fig 1377
PICT-1294
Fig 1379
PICT-1295
6. Raise the carrier frame and slide the mower deck away from the traction unit (Fig. 1378).
2. As the carrier frame is lowered, ensure the deck hanger posts are inserted through the holes in the carrier frame (Fig. 1380).
8
Fig 1378
PICT-1295
Fig 1380
PICT-1338
8-62 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
3. Support the rear of the chassis with a jack stand.
4. Lift up on the mower deck and install the spacers and hairpins onto the 4 deck hanger pins (Fig.
1381).
Checking the Engine Deck Height
1. Disengage the PTO and set the parking brake.
2. Stop the engine, remove the key, and wait for all moving parts to stop before leaving the operating position.
3. Adjust the tire pressure in the rear tires to 12-14 psi
(83-97kPa).
4. Measure engine deck height at location AA (Fig.
1382).
5. Measure engine deck height at location BB (Fig.
1382).
If the heights at locations AA and BB are not the same, change the tire pressure slightly to make them the same.
Fig 1381
PICT-1291
B
A
B
5. Install the mower deck drive belt onto the center spindle pulley. Refer to: “PTO Drive Belt Installation
(40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)” on page 8-7 or
“PTO Drive Belt Installation (36” Mower Decks)” on page 8-9.
6. Check the front-to-rear pitch of the mower deck.
Refer to “Checking the Mower Deck Front-to-Rear
Pitch” on page 8-65.
7. Check the side-to-side height of the mower deck.
Refer to “Checking the Mower Deck Side-to-Side
Height” on page 8-66.
8. Check the Height-of-Cut. Refer to “Matching the
Height-of-Cut” on page 8-67.
AA
C C
BB
Fig 1382
fi g. 79 G000284
This illustration is a back view of the machine.
A. Top of engine deck
B. Tires
C. Same height at locations AA and BB
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-63
MOWER DECKS
Checking the Carrier Frame Front-to-
Rear Pitch
The carrier frame must have a pitch between 1/8” (3mm) to 3/8” (9mm) over the length of 24” (61cm) on the carrier frame.
1. Measure out 24” (61cm) on the carrier frame (Fig.
1383).
2. Measure the carrier frame height at location AA (Fig.
1383).
3. Measure the carrier frame height at location BB (Fig.
1383).
4. The height at location AA must be 1/8” to 3/8” (3mm to 10mm) lower than at location BB (Fig. 1383).
5. If the carrier frame pitch is not correct, move spacers from the top or bottom of the caster wheel forks to achieve the correct pitch: 1/8” to 3/8” (3mm to
10mm) (Fig. 1383).
6. The tire pressure may also be adjusted slightly to achieve a 1/8” to 3/8” (3mm to 10mm) pitch.
Checking the Carrier Frame Side-to-
Side Height
The carrier frame needs to be parallel side-to-side from the ground.
1. Disengage the PTO and set the parking brake.
2. Stop the engine, remove the key, and wait for all moving parts to stop before leaving the operating position.
3. Adjust the tire pressure in the rear tires to 12-14psi
(83-97kPa).
4. Measure the carrier frame height at location AA (Fig.
1384).
5. Measure the carrier frame height at location BB (Fig.
1384).
6. If the carrier frame height is not the same at locations AA and BB, move spacers from the top or bottom of the caster wheel forks to make it level.
7. The tire pressure may also be adjusted slightly to make it level.
A
B
C
B
C D
D
C
B
F
AA
BB
AA BB
8
E
D
Fig 1383
fi g. 80 G004801
A. Carrier Frame
B. 1/8”-3/8” (3-10mm)
D. Height at locations AA and BB pitch over 24” (61cm) E. Caster wheel
length
E
A
A. Caster wheel
B. Carrier frame
C. Caster spacers
A
E
Fig 1384
fi g. 81 G000287
D. Front height-of-cut pins
E. Same height at locations AA and BB
8-64 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
MOWER DECKS
Checking the Mower Deck Front-to-
Rear Pitch
1. Adjust the tire pressure in the rear tires to 12-14 psi
(83-97kPa).
2. Position the mower blades so they are in the frontto-rear orientation. Measure at AA and BB locations from a level surface to the cutting edge of the blade tips (Fig. 000 and for 36” mower decks use Fig.
1385).
3. The mower blades should be 1/4” (6mm) lower at location AA than at location BB.
4. If the front-to-rear pitch is not correct, proceed to
Adjusting the Deck Front-to-Rear Pitch.
AA
BB
Fig 1386
This illustration shows a 36” mower deck.
fi g. 83 G004906
B
AA
BB
A
Fig 1385
fi g. 82 G001041
This illustration shows a 40”, 48” and 52” mower deck.
A. Measure blade at points AA and BB
B. Measure from a level surface
8
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 8-65
MOWER DECKS
Adjusting the Mower Deck Front-to-
Rear Pitch
Changing the front-to-rear pitch is done by adjusting the front height-of-cut posts.
1. To raise the front of the deck, loosen the jam nut on the lower end of the deck hanger pin assembly.
Rotate the front pin clockwise (Fig. 1387).
2. To lower the front of the deck, loosen the jam nut on the lower end of the deck hanger pin assembly.
Rotate the front pin counter-clockwise (Fig. 000).
3. Position the mower blades in the front-to-rear orientation. Measure at the AA and BB locations (Fig.
1385 and Fig. 1386) from a level surface to the cutting edge of the blade tips.
4. Check the side-to-side leveling of the cutting unit.
Refer to Checking the Mower Deck Side-to-Side
Height.
5. Tighten the jam nuts (Fig. 1387).
Checking the Mower Deck Side-to-
Side Height
1. Adjust the rear tire pressure to 12-14 psi (83-97kPa).
2. Position the mower blades in the side-to-side orientation. Measure at the C and D locations from a level surface to the cutting edge of the blade tips (Fig.
1388 and for 36” mower decks use Fig. 1389).
3. The difference between the measurements at the C and D locations should be no more than 1/4” (6mm).
4. If the side-to-side pitch is not correct, proceed to
Adjusting the Mower Deck Side-to-Side Height.
C
D
B
D
C
B
A
E A
8
A. Caster wheel
C. Front height-of-cut pins
Fig 1387
D. Jam nut fi g. 84 G000292
Fig 1388
fi g. 85 G004908
This illustration shows a 40”, 48” and 52” mower deck.
A. Measure from a level B. Measure blade at points
surface
8-66 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
C
D
MOWER DECKS
Adjusting the Mower Deck Side-to-
Side Height
1. Adjust the rear tire pressure. This should be done to the tire on the corresponding side that needs height adjustment.
2. Adjust the caster spacers by moving spacers from the top or bottom of the caster wheel forks.
3. Check the front-to-rear pitch and side to side leveling of the cutting unit.
Fig 1389
This illustration shows a 36” mower deck.
fi g. 86 G004907
Matching the Height-of-Cut
1. Check the rear tire pressure.
2. Set the height-of-cut to the 4” (101.6mm) position.
Reference the height-of-cut decal (Fig. 1390).
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1390
106-0635
8
8-67
MOWER DECKS
3. With the machine on level surface, position one blade front-to-rear. Measure at location A from a level surface to the cutting edge of the blade tip (Fig.
1391 and for 36” mower decks use Fig. 1392).
4. The measurement should be 4” (101.6mm).
5. If it does not measure correctly:
A. Adjust the rear tire pressure.
B. Adjust the caster fork spacers.
C. Adjust the front mower deck support pins.
6. Check the carrier frame front-to-rear pitch. Refer to
“Checking the Mower Deck Front-to-Rear Pitch” on page 8-65.
A
A
B
A
A
A
Fig 1392
This illustration shows a 36” mower deck.
fi g. 88 G000296
8
C
Fig 1391
fi g. 87 G000975
This illustration shows a 40”, 48” and 52” mower deck.
B. Measure from a level C. Measure blade at
surface
8-68 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
Tools
• Volt Ohm meter
• Flat and Phillips screwdrivers
• Box and open end wrenches - various sizes
Additional information can be found in the LCE Electrical
Troubleshooting DVD #492-9171, available through your
Toro parts supplier.
On/Off Switch
The on/off switch is mainly used to control the spark on recoil start models. In the off position there is contact between the terminals. When turned 1/4 turn clockwise to the on position the contacts open (Fig. 1393).
Caution
Before performing any tests with a continuity light or ohmmeter, disconnect the component from the wire harness. This ensures you are testing the component rather than another circuit.
Interlock modules MUST be removed from the circuit before performing any tests with an ohmmeter or continuity light. Battery voltage can damage these modules if applied to the wrong terminals.
Fig 1393
29-5560x1
Components
Alternator
The alternator system varies with the engine model. See the engine manufacturer service information for proper testing procedures.
Bail Switch
The bail switch is a normally open switch. The contacts close when the plunger is depressed (Fig. 1394).
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1394
82-2190x1a
9
9-1
ELECTRICAL
Single Pole Switch
This is a normally closed switch and has the letters “NC” stamped on both terminals. This switch should have continuity when at rest. Continuity should be lost when the plunger is depressed (Fig. 1395).
PTO Switch
3 terminals are in use on this switch. When the switch is off (knob depressed) there should be continuity between terminals 1 and 7. When the switch is on (knob pulled out) there should be continuity between terminals 1 and
4 (Fig. 1396 and Fig. 1397).
Fig 1395
95-1653x1
Fig 1396
95-7489x1
9
9-2
Fig 1397
95-7489x2a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
Relay, Single Pole Dual Throw Ignition Switch
A relay is an electronically activated switch. It can be used as a normally open or normally closed switch depending on which terminals are used. The diagram is molded into the side of the relay.
At rest terminals 30 and 87a are closed. When 12 volts is applied to terminals 85 and 86 the relay is activated so that terminals 30 and 87a open and terminals 30 and 87 close. When the voltage is removed the relay will return to the rest position (Fig. 1398).
The ignition switch has 3 positions; off, run and start.
The start position is spring loaded to return to run when released. The switch terminals are unmarked. Use the fi gure above to identify the terminals. Switch continuity is as follows: Off: None
Run: X+Y
(Fig. 1399 and Fig. 1400)
Fig 1398
98-7249x1
Fig 1399
104-2541x1
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
II
Fig 1400
104-2541x2
9
9-3
ELECTRICAL
Wire Harness T-Bar, Gear Drive (104-8137)
This wire harness has one 7.5 amp fuse in the pink wire between the alternator and delay module. If the clutch fails to engage, check the fuse fi rst (Fig. 1401).
9
9-4
Fig 1401
scheme
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
PTO Switch
Only 2 terminals are used in this application: numbers 1 and 4 as shown in the fi gure below. These terminals are normally open. They close only when the PTO knob is pulled outward. This is a momentary switch so when the
PTO knob is released it will return to the open position
(Fig. 1402 and Fig. 1403).
Delay Module
The Delay Module delays clutch disengagement for a second or two. It allows the operator to momentarily release the handle and then re-engage it without going through the 2 step blade engagement process. This module contains a number of resistors and a transistor.
If the clutch fails to engage or disengage properly, test the clutch and power supply. If they function normally, the module should be replaced (Fig. 1404).
Fig 1402
104-8140x1
Fig 1404
104-8141x1
Fig 1403
104-8140x2a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 9-5
9
ELECTRICAL
Clutch Power Supply Test Procedure:
1. Measure the DC voltage at the pink wire where it comes out of the rectifi er. Make sure the engine is running at full throttle and note the reading. If below
12 VDC, troubleshoot the engine’s electrical system
(Fig. 1405).
3. Connect the test lead to the end of the pink wire in the terminal plug removed from the module (Fig.
1407).
Note: The voltage should be the same as at the engine.
Fig 1407
IMG_8046a
Fig 1405
IMG_8042
2. Under the control panel, remove 4 screws and lower the bottom panel. Unplug harness from delay module (Fig. 1406).
4. Move the tester lead to the orange wire in the same terminal plug. Pull the clutch switch out and hold.
The voltage should be the same as at the pink wire
(Fig. 1408).
9
9-6
Fig 1406
IMG_8069a
B. Harness
Fig 1408
IMG_8071a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
5. Move the bail to the operation position and temporarily tie it in place (Fig. 1409).
7. Set the Volt/Ohm meter to the OHMs setting. Connect a test lead to the green wire at the module connector. Connect the other test lead to the engine block (Fig. 1411). The reading should be 2.8 OHMs.
A higher reading indicates a poor connection on the green wire, the clutch or ground. Clean and secure all connection points.
A lower reading indicates a problem with the clutch coil.
Fig 1409
IMG_8066a
6. Attach the test lead to the brown wire and pull the clutch switch, the voltage should not change (Fig.
1410).
If the voltage
does
change: Trace the problem back through the wire harness and switches.
If the voltage
does NOT
change: Check the PTO clutch and module ground connections, step 7 and 8.
Fig 1411
IMG_8056a
Fig 1410
IMG_8051a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 9-7
9
9
9-8
ELECTRICAL
8. Check the ground for the module: Check for continuity between the black wire at the module connector and the engine (Fig. 1412).
High resistance indicates corroded terminals or a poor ground connection to the chassis.
If the clutch and power supply function properly (as indicated by the above test procedure), the Delay
Module must be replaced.
DC Mini Hour Meter
This hour meter runs when 12 VDC is applied. It will record up to 9,999.9 hrs. The oil change icon will fl ash 3 hrs before and 3 hrs after the service interval. There is no manual reset. “Change oil” will appear at 8 hours and then every 100 hours after. “SVC” will also appear every
400 hours (Fig. 1413 and Fig. 1414).
Fig 1412
IMG_8057a
Fig 1413
104-8143x1
Fig 1414
104-8143x2a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
Proximity Switch
This proximity switch is normally open. The contacts close when a piece of ferrous metal (iron or steel) is placed close to the switch, approximately within 1/4”
(.635cm). The switch will open when the metal is moved away (Fig. 1415).
PTO Brake Clutch Assembly
The PTO clutch contains one fi xed plate, a moveable plate and an electro magnet. When a minimum of 8 VDC is applied to the clutch the plates will engage. When the power is removed, springs pull the plates apart and engage the brake to the driven plate (Fig. 1416).
To test the electro magnet coil, apply an ohm meter to the two wire terminals connected to the clutch. A good clutch coil will read approximately 2.8 ohms.
Take one of the test leads and touch an unpainted portion of the clutch body, or any good ground. There should be no continuity (very high number of ohms).
Move the test lead to the other wire terminal and repeat the test. Again there should be no continuity.
An alternate test is an amperage draw. Normal draw for this clutch should be 4 amps.
Clutch maintenance includes periodic checking and adjusting of the air gap between the plates. See clutch service procedures.
Fig 1415
105-0023x1a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1416
IMG_8062
9-9
9
ELECTRICAL
Wire Harness Pistol Grip (106-8780)
There is a 30 amp fuse (p/n 109103) between the battery and ignition switch and a 25 amp fuse (p/n 109102) between the voltage regulator/rectifi er on the engine and the ignition switch. Failure of the 30 amp fuse disables the entire electrical system (Fig. 1417).
If the 25 amp fuse fails, focus on the engine portion of the charging system for the cause. The alternator does not produce enough amperage to blow the fuse. A short to ground or a shorted diode in the charging system could allow the battery to discharge through the regulator and alternator as soon as the key is turned on. The fuse will blow to prevent the wire harness from melting.
9
9-10
Fig 1417
scheme
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
PTO Switch
The PTO switch has 3 positions. Fully depressed, a middle detent and momentary (full out). The momentary
(full out) position is spring loaded. It must be held to keep it in that position. When the knob is fully depressed there is continuity between terminals 1 and 7. The momentary position (full out) causes continuity between terminals 1 and 4 (Fig. 1418 and Fig. 1419).
The switch can be tested using an ohm meter or continuity light.
ELECTRICAL
Fig 1418
114-0279x1
Fig 1419
114-0279x2a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 9-11
9
ELECTRICAL
Wire Harness T-2, Hydro (114-3418)
There is a 30 amp fuse (p/n 109103) between the battery and ignition switch and a 25 amp fuse (p/n 109102) between the voltage regulator/rectifi er on the engine and the ignition switch. Failure of the 30 amp fuse disables the entire electrical system (Fig. 1420).
If the 25 amp fuse fails, focus on the engine portion of the charging system for the cause. The alternator does not produce enough amperage to blow the fuse. A short to ground or a shorted diode in the charging system could allow the battery to discharge through the regulator and alternator as soon as the key is turned on. The fuse will blow to prevent the wire harness from melting.
9
9-12
Fig 1420
scheme
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
Wire Harness T-Bar, Hydro (114-3420)
There is a 30 amp fuse (p/n 109103) between the battery and ignition switch and a 25 amp fuse (p/n 109102) between the voltage regulator/rectifi er on the engine and the ignition switch. Failure of the 30 amp fuse disables the entire electrical system (Fig. 1421).
If the 25 amp fuse fails, focus on the engine portion of the charging system for the cause. The alternator does not produce enough amperage to blow the fuse. A short to ground or a shorted diode in the charging system could allow the battery to discharge through the regulator and alternator as soon as the key is turned on. The fuse will blow to prevent the wire harness from melting.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1421
scheme
9
9-13
ELECTRICAL
Normally Open Switch
This switch is normally open. There is contact only when the plunger is depressed (Fig. 1422).
Starter Solenoid
A starter is a form of an electrically operated switch.
Positioning the solenoid closer to the battery and starter, short battery cables can be utilized to increase effi ciency
(Fig. 1424).
At rest there should be no continuity between the two larger posts. Connect a 12 volt battery to the two smaller posts and the solenoid should engage. There should be continuity between the large posts as long at the voltage is present.
Maximum torque for the smaller posts is 20 in/lb. (2.26
Nm); larger posts is 25 in/lb. (2.82 Nm).
Note: Exceeding the maximum torque can pull the terminals from the solenoid.
Fig 1422
1-513051x1a
Normally Closed Switch
This switch is normally closed. The contacts open when the plunger is depressed. The terminals are marked NC
(Fig. 1423).
Fig 1424
1-513075x1
9
9-14
Fig 1423
1-513152x1
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Operator Presence Control (OPC)
Switch Replacement (T-Bar)
OPC Switch Removal (T-Bar)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Lift the locking tab on the front of the operator presence control switch and unplug the harness connector from the switch (Fig. 1425).
ELECTRICAL
3. Remove the cotter pin from the upper end of the control rod (Fig. 1426).
Fig 1425
PICT-1744
Fig 1426
PICT-1679a
4. Remove the control rod from the control bar/bail assembly (Fig. 1427).
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1427
PICT-1682
9-15
9
ELECTRICAL
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to remove the opposite control rod from the control bar/bail assembly.
6. Remove the bail from the T-Bar handle by sliding it off the OPC Switch mounting bracket and remove it from the machine (Fig. 1428).
OPC Switch Installation (T-Bar)
1. Install the OPC switch into the switch mounting bracket on the T-Bar (Fig. 1430).
Fig 1430
PICT-1786
Fig 1428
PICT-1785a
7. Remove the OPC switch from the switch mounting bracket (Fig. 1429).
2. Position the bail onto the OPC handle by sliding the switch bracket up around the switch mounting bracket (Fig. 1431).
Fig 1431
PICT-1785a
9
9-16
Fig 1429
PICT-1786
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
3. Insert a control rod through the T-Bar handle/bail assembly mounting pivots (Fig. 1432).
ELECTRICAL
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to install the opposite control rod.
6. Plug the harness connector into the OPC switch
(Fig. 1434).
Fig 1432
PICT-1682
4. Install a cotter pin into the upper end of the control rod (Fig. 1433).
Fig 1434
PICT-1744
Fig 1433
PICT-1679a
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 9-17
9
ELECTRICAL
PTO Switch Replacement (T-Bar)
PTO Switch Removal (T-Bar)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the manual tube
R-clamps to the bottom panel of the control panel.
Remove the manual tube assembly (Fig. 1435).
4. Unplug the wire harness from the PTO switch (Fig.
1437).
A. Tabs
Fig 1437
PICT-1793
Fig 1435
PICT-1787
5. Compress the tabs (Fig. 1437) on the switch body and push it out of the control panel (Fig. 1438).
3. Remove the 2 screws securing the bottom panel to the control panel and move it away from the control panel (Fig. 1436).
Fig 1438
PICT-1811
9
9-18
Fig 1436
PICT-1789
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
PTO Switch Installation (T-Bar)
1. Push the PTO switch in to place in the control panel
(Fig. 1439).
3. Position the bottom panel to the control panel and install 2 screws securing it to the control panel (Fig.
1441).
Fig 1439
PICT-1811
2. Plug the wire harness into the PTO switch (Fig.
1440).
Fig 1441
PICT-1789
4. Position the manual tube to the control panel assembly and install 2 screws securing the manual tube R-clamps to the control panel and bottom panel
(Fig. 1442).
Fig 1440
PICT-1793
Fig 1442
PICT-1787
9
9-19 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
Ignition Switch Replacement (T-Bar)
Ignition Switch Removal (T-Bar)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the manual tube
R-clamps to the bottom panel of the control panel.
Remove the manual tube assembly (Fig. 1443).
4. Unplug the wire harness from the ignition switch
(Fig. 1445).
Fig 1443
PICT-1787
3. Remove the 2 screws securing the bottom panel to the control panel and move it away from the control panel (Fig. 1444).
Fig 1445
PICT-1798
5. Remove the nut securing the ignition switch to the control panel (Fig. 1446).
Fig 1446
PICT-1800
9
9-20
Fig 1444
PICT-1789
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
6. Remove the lockwasher from the ignition switch (Fig.
1447).
Ignition Switch Installation (T-Bar)
1. Insert the ignition switch into the control panel (Fig.
1449).
Fig 1447
PICT-1801
Fig 1449
PICT-1803
7. Remove the ignition switch from the control panel
(Fig. 1448).
2. Place a lockwasher onto the ignition switch (Fig.
1450).
Fig 1448
PICT-1803
Fig 1450
PICT-1801
9
9-21 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
3. Install a nut securing the ignition switch to the control panel (Fig. 1451).
5. Position the bottom panel to the control panel and install 2 screws securing the back side of the bottom panel to the control panel (Fig. 1453).
Fig 1451
PICT-1800
4. Plug the wire harness into the ignition switch (Fig.
1452).
Fig 1453
PICT-1719a
6. Position the manual tube to the control panel. Install
2 screws securing the manual tube R-clamps and bottom panel to the control panel (Fig. 1454).
9
9-22
Fig 1452
PICT-1798
Fig 1454
PICT-1718
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
Delay Module Replacement (T-Bar)
Delay Module Removal (T-Bar)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the manual tube
R-clamps to the bottom panel of the control panel.
Remove the manual tube assembly (Fig. 1455).
3. Remove the 2 screws securing the bottom panel to the control panel and move the bottom panel away from the control panel (Fig. 1456).
Fig 1455
PICT-1787
Fig 1456
PICT-1789
4. Unplug the brown wire bullet connector from the harness (Fig. 1457).
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1457
PICT-1804
9
9-23
ELECTRICAL
5. Unplug the harness connector from the delay module (Fig. 1458).
7. Remove the bolt and nut securing the delay module to the bottom panel (Fig. 1460).
Fig 1458
PICT-1805
Fig 1460
PICT-1809
6. Remove the fuse block from the bottom panel and remove the bottom panel from the machine (Fig.
1459).
Delay Module Installation (T-Bar)
1. Position the delay module on the inside of the bottom panel. Install a bolt and nut securing the delay module to the bottom panel (Fig. 1461).
9
9-24
Fig 1459
PICT-1806
Fig 1461
PICT-1809
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
2. Position the bottom panel up to the control panel and attach the fuse block to the bottom panel (Fig. 1462).
4. Plug the brown wire bullet connect into the harness
(Fig. 1464).
Fig 1462
PICT-1806
Fig 1464
PICT-1804
3. Plug the harness connector into the delay module
(Fig. 1463).
5. Position the bottom panel to the control panel and install 2 screws securing the back side of the bottom panel to the control panel (Fig. 1465).
Fig 1463
PICT-1805
Fig 1465
PICT-1719a
9
9-25 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
6. Position the manual tube to the control panel. Install
2 screws to secure the manual tube assembly
(R-clamps) and bottom panel to the control panel
(Fig. 1466).
2. Unplug the harness from the parking brake switch
(Fig. 1467).
9
9-26
Fig 1467
PICT-1816
Fig 1466
PICT-1718
Parking Brake Switch Replacment
(Pistol Grip & T-2)
Parking Brake Switch Removal (P.G. & T-2)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
3. Remove the 2 bolts and buts securing the parking brake switch to the parking brake handle support
(Fig. 1468).
Fig 1468
PICT-1817
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
4. Remove the spacer from the switch (Fig. 1469).
ELECTRICAL
Parking Brake Switch Installation
(P.G. & T-2)
1. Position the parking brake switch onto the parking brake handle support (Fig. 1471).
Fig 1469
PICT-1892
5. Remove the switch from the parking brake handle support (Fig. 1470).
Fig 1471
PICT-1894
2. Position the spacer onto the switch (Fig. 1472).
Fig 1470
PICT-1894
Fig 1472
PICT-1892
9
9-27 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
3. Install 2 bolts and nuts securing the parking brake switch to the parking brake handle support (Fig.
1473).
Neutral Switch Replacement
(Pistol Grip)
Neutral Switch Removal (P.G.)
1. Position the speed control lever in the Fast position
(Fig. 1475).
Fig 1473
PICT-1817
4. Plug the harness into the parking brake switch (Fig.
1474).
Fig 1475
PICT-1902a
2. Unplug the harness from the neutral switch (Fig.
1476).
9
9-28
Fig 1474
PICT-1816
Fig 1476
PICT-1823
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
3. Remove the 2 screws securing the neutral switch to the neutral bracket (Fig. 1477).
Neutral Switch Installation (P.G.)
1. Position the spacer and the switch onto the neutral bracket (Fig. 1479).
Fig 1477
PICT-1825
Fig 1479
PICT-1827a
4. Remove the spacer and the switch from the neutral bracket (Fig. 1478).
2. Install 2 screws securing the neutral switch to the neutral bracket (Fig. 1480).
Fig 1478
PICT-1827a
Fig 1480
PICT-1825
9
9-29 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
3. Plug the harness into the neutral switch (Fig. 1481).
5. To adjust the switch location, loosen the two neutral bracket screws holding the switch plate to the frame
(Fig. 1483).
Fig 1481
PICT-1823
Fig 1483
PICT-1911
4. With the speed control lever in the neutral position, check to make sure the safety switch is depressed with an 1/8” to 1/4” (3 to 6mm) space between the actuating tab and the safety switch body (Fig. 1482).
6. Adjust the switch up or down to obtain an 1/8” to 1/4”
(3 to 6 mm) space (Fig. 1484).
9
Fig 1482
PICT-1909
A. 1/8” to 1/4” (3 to 6mm) space
Fig 1484
PICT-1909
A. 1/8” to 1/4” (3 to 6mm) space
9-30 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
7. Tighten the two neutral bracket screws holding the switch plate (Fig. 1485).
3. Remove the fuse block(s) from the control panel cover bracket (Fig. 1486).
Fig 1485
PICT-1911
Fig 1486
PICT-1836
PTO Switch Replacement (Electric
Start)
PTO Switch Removal (Electric Start)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery terminal from the battery.
4. Remove the 2 screws securing the manual tube assembly to the control bracket. Remove the manual tube assembly (Fig. 1487).
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1487
PICT-1839
9
9-31
ELECTRICAL
5. Remove the 2 screws securing the control panel cover bracket to the front side of the control panel
(Fig. 1488).
7. Unplug the harness from the PTO switch (Fig. 1490).
Fig 1490
PICT-1851a
Fig 1488
PICT-1847
6. Remove the cover bracket from the control panel
(Fig. 1489).
8. Depress the tabs on the PTO switch and push it through the control panel to remove it (Fig. 1491).
Fig 1491
PICT-0729a
9
9-32
Fig 1489
PICT-1848
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
PTO Switch Installation (Electric Start)
1. Push the PTO switch through the control panel until it snaps into place (Fig. 1492).
3. Position the cover bracket onto the control panel
(Fig. 1494).
Fig 1494
PICT-1848
Fig 1492
PICT-0729a
2. Plug the harness into the PTO switch (Fig. 1493).
4. Install 2 screws securing the control panel cover bracket to the front side of the control panel (Fig.
1495).
Fig 1493
PICT-1851a
Fig 1495
PICT-1847
9
9-33 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
5. Position the manual tube to the cover bracket. Install
2 screws securing the manual tube assembly to the control panel and control bracket (Fig. 1496).
Operator Presence Control (OPC)
Switch Replacement (Pistol Grip)
Note: The harness has been unplugged from the
PTO switch for photo purposes.
Fig 1496
PICT-1839
6. Slide the fuse block(s) onto the control panel cover bracket (Fig. 1497).
OPC Switch Removal (P.G.)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery.
3. Remove the fuse blocks from the control panel cover bracket (Fig. 1498).
Fig 1498
PICT-1836
Fig 1497
PICT-1836
9
7. Connect the negative battery cable to the battery.
9-34 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
4. Remove the 2 screws securing the manual tube assembly to the control bracket. Remove the manual tube assembly (Fig. 1499).
6. Remove the cover bracket from the control panel
(Fig. 1501).
Fig 1499
PICT-1839
Fig 1501
PICT-1848
7. Unplug the harness from the OPC switch (Fig.
1502).
5. Remove the 2 screws securing the control panel cover bracket to the front side of the control panel
(Fig. 1500).
Fig 1500
PICT-1847
Fig 1502
PICT-1857
9-35
9
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
8. Remove the 2 screws securing the OPC switch to the switch mounting plate (Fig. 1503).
OPC Switch Installation (P.G.)
1. Position the switch and spacer to the mounting plate
(Fig. 1505).
Fig 1503
PICT-1859
Fig 1505
PICT-1860
9. Remove the switch and spacer from the mounting plate (Fig. 1504).
2. Install 2 screws securing the OPC switch to the switch mounting plate (Fig. 1506).
9
9-36
Fig 1504
PICT-1860
Fig 1506
PICT-1859
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
3. Plug the harness into the OPC switch (Fig. 1507).
ELECTRICAL
5. If needed, adjust the position of the switch. Refer to OPC Switch Position Adjustment (P.G.) in the following section.
6. Position the cover bracket onto the control panel
(Fig. 1509).
Fig 1507
PICT-1857
4. With either LH or RH OPC lever depressed inspect space between Neutral Arm on OPC Rod and the body of the OPC Switch. The space should be .18” ±
.06” (4.6 ± 1.5mm) (Fig. 1508).
Fig 1509
PICT-1848
7. Install 2 screws securing the control panel cover bracket to the front side of the control panel (Fig.
1510).
Fig 1508
PICT-1864
A. .18” ± .06” (4.6 ± 1.5mm)
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1510
PICT-1847
9
9-37
ELECTRICAL
8. Position the manual tube to the cover bracket. Install
2 screws securing the manual tube assembly to the control panel and control bracket (Fig. 1511).
OPC Switch Position Adjustment (P.G.)
1. Loosen the 2 OPC switch mounting screws (Fig.
1513).
Fig 1511
PICT-1839
9. Slide the fuse blocks onto the control panel cover bracket (Fig. 1512).
Fig 1513
PICT-1864
2. Adjust position of switch mounting plate to obtain the
.18” ± .06” (4.6 + 1.5mm) space between the OPC switch body and neutral arm with the OPC levers depressed (Fig. 1514).
Fig 1512
PICT-1836
9
10. Connect the negative battery cable to the battery.
9-38
Fig 1514
PICT-1864
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
3. Tighten the neutral bracket mounting screws (Fig.
1515).
ELECTRICAL
3. Remove the fuse blocks from the control panel cover bracket (Fig. 1516).
Fig 1515
PICT-1864
Fig 1516
PICT-1836
4. The OPC switch should return to the open position with the levers in the full spring return position.
4. Remove the 2 screws securing the manual tube assembly to the control bracket. Remove the manual tube assembly (Fig. 1517).
Hour Meter Replacement (Pistol Grip)
Hour Meter Removal (P.G.)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery.
Fig 1517
PICT-1839
9
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 9-39
ELECTRICAL
5. Remove the 2 screws securing the control panel cover bracket to the front side of the control panel
(Fig. 1518).
7. Unplug the harness from the hour meter (Fig. 1520).
Fig 1520
PICT-1869
Fig 1518
PICT-1847
6. Remove the cover bracket from the control panel
(Fig. 1519).
8. Remove the locking tab from the back side of the hour meter (Fig. 1521).
Fig 1521
PICT-1870
9
9-40
Fig 1519
PICT-1848
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
9. Remove the hour meter from the control panel (Fig.
1522).
2. Install the locking tab onto the back side of the hour meter (Fig. 1524).
Fig 1522
PICT-1871
Fig 1524
PICT-1870
Hour Meter Installation (P.G.)
1. Push the hourmeter into the opening in the control panel (Fig. 1523).
3. Plug the harness into the hour meter (Fig. 1525).
Fig 1523
PICT-1871
Fig 1525
PICT-1869
9-41
9
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
4. Position the cover bracket onto the control panel
(Fig. 1526).
6. Position the manual tube to the cover bracket. Install
2 screws securing the manual tube assembly to the control panel and control bracket (Fig. 1528).
Fig 1526
PICT-1848
5. Install 2 screws securing the control panel cover bracket to the front side of the control panel (Fig.
1527).
Fig 1528
PICT-1839
7. Slide the fuse blocks onto the control panel cover bracket (Fig. 1529).
9
9-42
Fig 1527
PICT-1847
Fig 1529
PICT-1836
8. Connect the negative battery cable onto the battery.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
Ignition Switch Replacement
(Pistol Grip)
Ignition Switch Removal (P.G.)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery terminal from the battery.
3. Remove the fuse blocks from the control panel cover bracket (Fig. 1530).
4. Remove the 2 screws securing the manual tube assembly to the control bracket. Remove the manual tube assembly (Fig. 1531).
Fig 1530
PICT-1836
Fig 1531
PICT-1839
5. Remove the 2 screws securing the control panel cover bracket to the front side of the control panel
(Fig. 1532).
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1532
PICT-1847
9
9-43
ELECTRICAL
6. Remove the cover bracket from the control panel
(Fig. 1533).
8. Remove the nut securing the ignition switch to the control panel (Fig. 1535).
Fig 1533
PICT-1848
Fig 1535
PICT-1873
7. Unplug the harness terminal and harness connector from the ignition switch (Fig. 1534).
9. Remove the lockwasher from the ignition switch (Fig.
1536).
Fig 1536
PICT-1874
9
9-44
Fig 1534
PICT-1872
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
10. Remove the ignition switch from the control panel
(Fig. 1537).
ELECTRICAL
2. Place a lockwasher onto the ignition switch (Fig.
1539).
Fig 1537
PICT-1875
Fig 1539
PICT-1874
Ignition Switch Installation (P.G.)
1. Insert the ignition switch into the control panel (Fig.
1538).
3. Install a nut securing the ignition switch to the control panel (Fig. 1540).
Fig 1538
PICT-1875
Fig 1540
PICT-1873
9-45
9
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
4. Plug the wire harness connector and terminal into the ignition switch (Fig. 1541).
6. Install 2 screws securing the control panel cover bracket to the front side of the control panel (Fig.
1543).
Fig 1541
PICT-1872
5. Position the cover bracket onto the control panel
(Fig. 1542).
Fig 1543
PICT-1847
7. Position the manual tube to the cover bracket. Install
2 screws securing the manual tube assembly to the control panel and control bracket (Fig. 1544).
9
9-46
Fig 1542
PICT-1848
Fig 1544
PICT-1839
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
8. Slide the fuse blocks onto the control panel cover bracket (Fig. 1545).
ELECTRICAL
3. Unplug the kill relay from the wire harness (Fig.
1546).
Fig 1545
PICT-1836
Fig 1546
PICT-1877
9. Connect the negative battery cable to the battery.
Kill Relay Replacement (Pistol Grip)
Note: The Manual Tube assembly and Control Panel
Cover Bracket have been removed for photo purposes.
Kill Relay Installation (P.G.)
1. Plug a kill relay into the wire harness (Fig. 1547).
Kill Relay Removal (P.G.)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery.
Fig 1547
PICT-1877
2. Connect the negative battery cable onto the battery.
9
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual 9-47
9
9-48
ELECTRICAL
Solenoid Switch Replacement
(Pistol Grip & T-2)
Solenoid Switch Removal (P.G. & T-2)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery.
3. Remove the nut and lock washer securing the starter cable to the solenoid terminal. Remove the starter cable (Fig. 1548).
4. Pull the boot back and remove the nut and lock washer securing the battery cable to the solenoid terminal. Remove the battery cable (Fig. 1549).
Fig 1549
PICT-1880
5. Remove the harness wire from the solenoid terminal
(Fig. 1550).
Fig 1548
PICT-1920
Fig 1550
PICT-1882
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
6. Unplug the 2 harness wires (blue and orange) from the solenoid (Fig. 1551).
Solenoid Switch Installation (P.G & T-2)
1. Position the solenoid onto the frame and secure it with 2 self-tapping screws (Fig. 1553).
Fig 1551
PICT-1883
Fig 1553
PICT-1888
7. Remove the 2 self-tapping screws securing the solenoid to the frame. Remove the solenoid (Fig.
1552).
2. Plug the 2 harness wires (blue and orange) onto the side posts on the solenoid as shown (Fig. 1554):
Fig 1552
PICT-1884
Fig 1554
PICT-1883
9
9-49 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
3. Slide the harness wire (red) onto the solenoid terminal (Fig. 1555):
5. Position the starter cable onto the solenoid terminal.
Install a lockwasher and nut to secure (Fig. 1557).
Fig 1555
PICT-1882
Fig 1557
PICT-1920
4. Position the battery cable onto the solenoid terminal, over the red harness wire. Install a lockwasher and nut to secure. Position the boot over the connection
(Fig. 1556).
6. Connect the negative battery cable to the battery.
9
9-50
Fig 1556
PICT-1880
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
Operator Presence Control (OPC)
Switch Replacement (T-2)
OPC Switch Removal (T-2)
1. Remove the 4 screws (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the control panel cover to the control panel
(Fig. 1558).
3. Unplug the harness from the OPC switch (Fig.
1560).
Fig 1560
PICT-1927
Fig 1558
PICT-1921
4. Remove the 2 screws securing the OPC switch to the motion control assembly (Fig. 1561).
2. Remove the control panel cover/manual tube assembly (Fig. 1559).
Fig 1559
PICT-1923
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1561
PICT-1928a
9-51
9
ELECTRICAL
5. Remove the OPC switch and spacer plate (Fig.
1562).
2. Install 2 screws securing the OPC switch (and plate) to the motion control assembly (Fig. 1564).
Fig 1562
PICT-1932a
Fig 1564
PICT-1928a
OPC Switch Installation (T-2)
1. Position the OPC switch and spacer plate onto the motion control assembly plate (Fig. 1563).
3. Position the right hand control lever in the operating position. There should be a .10” (2.54mm) gap between the switch plunger and the control arm tab
(Fig. 1565).
9
9-52
Fig 1563
PICT-1932a
A. .10” (2.54mm) gap
Fig 1565
PICT-1934
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
4. Plug the harness into the OPC switch (Fig. 1566).
ELECTRICAL
6. Install 4 screws (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the control panel cover to the control pane (Fig.
1568).
Fig 1566
PICT-1927
5. Position the control panel cover/manual tube assembly onto the control panel (Fig. 1567).
Fig 1568
PICT-1921
Latching Relay Replacement (T-2)
Latching Relay Removal (T-2)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery.
Fig 1567
PICT-1923
9-53
9
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
3. Remove the 4 screws (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the control panel cover to the control panel
(Fig. 1569).
5. Unplug the latching relay from the wire harness (Fig.
1571).
Fig 1569
PICT-1921
4. Remove the control panel cover/manual tube assembly (Fig. 1570).
Fig 1571
PICT-1936
Latching Relay Installation (T-2)
1. Plug a latching relay into the wire harness (Fig.
1572).
9
9-54
Fig 1570
PICT-1923
Fig 1572
PICT-1936
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
2. Position the control panel cover/manual tube assembly onto the control panel (Fig. 1573).
ELECTRICAL
Kill Relay Replacement (T-2)
Note: The Manual Tube assembly and Control Panel
Cover Bracket have been removed for photo purposes.
Fig 1573
PICT-1923
Kill Relay Removal (T-2)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery.
3. Unplug the kill relay from the wire harness (Fig.
1575).
3. Install 4 screws (2 on the left, 2 on the right) securing the control panel cover to the control panel (Fig.
1574).
Fig 1574
PICT-1921
4. Connect the negative battery cable to the battery.
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Fig 1575
PICT-1937
9-55
9
ELECTRICAL
Kill Relay Installation (T-2)
1. Plug the kill relay into the wire harness (Fig. 1576).
3. Unplug the harness from the proximity neutral switch connector (Fig. 1577).
9
9-56
Fig 1576
PICT-1937
Fig 1577
PICT-1938
4. Remove the cable tie securing the switch wires to the frame (Fig. 1578).
2. Connect the negative battery cable to the battery.
Proximity Neutral Switch
Replacement (T-2)
Proximity Neutral Switch Removal (T-2)
1. Turn the engine off and remove the key from the ignition.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery.
Fig 1578
PICT-1939
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
5. Remove the 2 screws and nuts securing the switch to the frame (Fig. 1579).
Proximity Neutral Switch Installation (T-2)
1. Position the Proximity Neutral Switch to the frame
(Fig. 1581).
Fig 1579
PICT-1940
6. Remove the switch (Fig. 1580).
Fig 1581
PICT-1941
2. Install 2 screws and nuts to secure the switch to the frame (Fig. 1582).
Fig 1580
PICT-1941a
Fig 1582
PICT-1940
9
9-57 Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
ELECTRICAL
3. The distance between the face of the switch and the end of the hex head screw should be .07” + .02” (1.8
+ .5mm) (Fig. 1583).
5. Plug the harness into the proximity neutral switch connector (Fig. 1585).
Fig 1585
PICT-1938
Fig 1583
PICT-1943
A. .07” + .02” (1.8 + .5mm)
6. Connect the negative battery cable to the battery.
4. Install a cable tie securing the switch wires to the frame (Fig. 1584).
9
9-58
Fig 1584
PICT-1945
Floating Deck Mid-Size Service Manual
Floating Deck Mid-Size
Service Manual
Form No. 492-9189
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 75 General Information
- 75 Think Safety First
- 76 Torque Specifi cations
- 76 Standard Torque for Dry, Zinc Plated and Steel Fasteners (Inch Series)
- 76 Standard Torque for Dry, Zinc and Steel Fasteners (Metric Fasteners)
- 76 Other Torque Specifi cations
- 76 Equivalents and Conversions
- 76 U.S. to Metric Conversions
- 76 Hydro with Pistol Grip Controls
- 76 Hydro with Pistol Grip Controls cont
- 76 Hydro with T-2 Controls
- 76 Hydro with T-2 Controls cont
- 76 Gear with T-Bar Controls
- 76 Gear with T-Bar Controls cont
- 76 International Hydro with T-Bar (T2) Controls
- 76 International Hydro with T-Bar (T2) Controls cont
- 76 International Gear with T-Bar Controls
- 76 International Gear with T-Bar Controls cont
- 77 Electric Clutch Replacment
- 77 Electric Clutch Removal
- 77 Clutch Burnishing Procedure
- 77 Electric Clutch Installation
- 77 PTO Idler Replacement
- 77 PTO Idler Removal
- 77 PTO Idler Installation
- 77 Parking Brake Service - Hydro
- 77 Checking the Parking Brake
- 77 Adjusting the Parking Brake
- 77 Parking Brake Removal
- 77 Parking Brake Installation
- 77 Wheel Drive Belt and Wheel Hub Replacement - Gear Drive
- 77 Wheel Drive Belt & Wheel Hub Removal
- 77 Wheel Drive Belt & Wheel Hub Installation
- 77 Brake Band Replacement
- 77 Brake Band Removal
- 77 Brake Band Installation
- 77 Carrier Frame Replacement
- 77 Carrier Frame Removal
- 77 Carrier Frame Installation
- 77 Carrier Frame & Mower Deck Adjustments
- 77 Checking the Carrier Frame & Engine Deck Alignment
- 77 Castor Wheel Replacement
- 77 Castor Wheel Removal
- 77 Castor Wheel Service
- 77 Castor Wheel Installation
- 227 Castor Wheel Fork Bushing Replacement
- 227 Castor Wheel Fork Bushing Removal
- 227 Castor Wheel Fork Bushing Installation
- 227 Fuel Tank Replacement
- 227 Fuel Tank Removal
- 227 Fuel Tank Installation
- 227 Battery Tray Replacement
- 227 Battery Tray Removal
- 227 Battery Tray Installation
- 227 Mid-Size Weight Replacement
- 227 Checking the Brake (T-Bar)
- 227 Adjusting the Brake (T-Bar)
- 228 Control Linkage Replacement (T-2)
- 228 Control Linkage Removal
- 228 Control Linkage Installation
- 228 Control Linkage & Thumb Latch Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro)
- 228 Control Linkage & Thumb Latch Removal
- 228 Control Linkage & Thumb Latch Installation
- 228 Lower Control Replacement (T-Bar)
- 228 Lower Control Removal
- 228 Lower Control Installation
- 228 Neutral Adjustment Stud Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro)
- 228 Neutral Adjustment Stud Removal
- 228 Neutral Adjustment Stud Installation
- 228 Operator Presence Control Lever Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro)
- 228 Operator Presence Control Lever Removal
- 228 Operator Presence Control Lever Installation
- 228 Speed Control Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro)
- 228 Speed Control Removal
- 228 Speed Control Installation
- 228 Drive Lever Swivel & Bearing Replacement (Pistol Grip Hydro)
- 228 Drive Lever Swivel & Bearing Removal
- 228 Drive Lever Swivel & Bearing Installation
- 228 Handle Assembly Replacement (T-Bar)
- 228 Handle Assembly Removal (T-Bar)
- 228 Handle Assembly Installation (T-Bar)
- 228 Handle Assembly Removal (T-2)
- 228 Handle Assembly Installation (T-2)
- 228 Choke Cable Replacement
- 228 Choke Cable Removal
- 228 Choke Cable Installation
- 228 Throttle Cable Replacement
- 228 Throttle Cable Removal
- 228 Throttle Cable Installation
- 228 Linkage Adjustments
- 228 Speed Control Linkage Adjustment (Pistol Grip Hydro)
- 228 Temporary Neutral Stud Adjustment
- 228 Hydro Control Linkage Adjustment
- 228 Adjusting the Left Side Linkage (Pistol Grip)
- 228 Adjusting the Right Side Linkage (Pistol Grip)
- 311 Neutral Stud Adjustment (Pistol Grip)
- 311 Adjusting the Control Rod (Pistol Grip)
- 311 Checking the Control Rod
- 311 Adjusting the Control Rod
- 311 Tracking Adjustment (Pistol Grip)
- 311 Tracking Adjustment (T-2)
- 311 Neutral Adjustment (T-2)
- 311 Control Bar Adjustment (T-Bar)
- 312 Engine Removal - Pistol Grip Hydro
- 312 Engine Installation - Pistol Grip Hydro
- 312 Muffl er Guard
- 312 Engine Removal - Gear Drive
- 312 Engine Installation - Gear Drive
- 313 Hydro Drive Transmission Traction Belt Replacement
- 313 Hydro Drive Transmission Traction Belt Removal
- 313 Hydro Drive Transmission Traction Belt Installation
- 313 Hydro Idler Replacement
- 313 Hydro Idler Removal
- 313 Hydro Idler Installation
- 313 Hydraulic Pump Replacement
- 313 Hydraulic Pump Removal
- 313 Hydraulic Pump Installation
- 313 Wheel Motor Replacement
- 313 Wheel Motor Removal
- 313 Wheel Motor Installation
- 313 Hydraulic Reservoir Replacement
- 313 Hydraulic Reservoir Removal
- 313 Hydraulic Reservoir Installation
- 313 Hydraulic Testing
- 313 Bleeding the Hydraulic System
- 313 Checking the Hydraulic Lines
- 313 Hydraulic Schematic
- 314 Traction Drive Belt Replacement
- 314 Traction Drive Belt Removal
- 314 Traction Drive Belt Installation
- 314 Gear Drive Idler Replacement
- 314 Gear Drive Idler Removal
- 314 Gear Drive Idler Installation
- 314 Transmission Driven Pulley Replacement
- 314 Transmission Driven Pulley Removal
- 314 Transmission Driven Pulley Installation
- 314 Gear Drive Transmission Replacement
- 314 Gear Drive Transmission Removal
- 314 Gear Drive Transmission Installation
- 378 Mower Spindle Drive Belt Replacement
- 378 Mower Spindle Drive Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
- 378 Mower Spindle Drive Belt Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
- 378 Mower Spindle Drive Belt Removal (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Mower Spindle Drive Belt Installation (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 PTO Drive Belt Replacement
- 378 PTO Drive Belt Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
- 378 PTO Drive Belt Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
- 378 PTO Drive Belt Removal (36” Mower Decks)
- 378 PTO Drive Belt Installation (36” Mower Decks)
- 378 Spindle Replacement and Service
- 378 Spindle Removal and Teardown
- 378 Spindle Rebuild and Installation
- 378 Idler Arm Assembly Replacement
- 378 Idler Arm Assembly Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
- 378 Idler Arm Assembly Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
- 378 Idler Arm Assembly Replacement (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Idler Arm Assembly Removal (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Idler Arm Assembly Installation (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Adjustable Baffl e Replacement
- 378 Adjustable Baffl e Removal
- 378 Adjustable Baffl e Installation
- 378 Discharge Baffl e Replacement
- 378 Discharge Baffl e Removal
- 378 Discharge Baffl e Installation
- 378 Fixed Baffl e Replacement
- 378 Fixed Baffl e Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
- 378 Fixed Baffl e Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
- 378 Fixed Baffl e Replacement (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Fixed Baffl e Removal (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Fixed Baffl e Installation (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Skid Plate Replacement (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Decks)
- 378 Skid Plate Removal (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Deck)
- 378 Skid Plate Installation (40”, 48”, 52” and 60” Mower Deck)
- 378 Skid Plate Replacement (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Skid Plate Removal (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Skid Plate Installation (36” Mower Deck)
- 378 Front & Rear Deck Hanger Replacement
- 378 Front Deck Hanger Removal
- 378 Front Deck Hanger Installation
- 378 Rear Deck Hanger Removal
- 378 Rear Deck Hanger Installation
- 378 Anti-Scalp Roller Replacement
- 378 Single Anti-Scalp Roller Removal
- 378 Single Anti-Scalp Roller Installation
- 378 Double Anti-Scalp Roller Removal
- 378 Double Anti-Scalp Roller Installation
- 378 Grass Defl ector Service
- 378 Grass Defl ector Removal
- 378 Grass Defl ector Disassembly
- 378 Grass Defl ector Assembly
- 378 Grass Defl ector Installation
- 407 Quick Latch Replacement
- 407 Quick Latch Removal
- 407 Quick Latch Installation
- 407 Mower Deck Removal
- 407 Mower Deck Installation
- 407 Checking the Engine Deck Height
- 407 Checking the Carrier Frame Front-to-Rear Pitch
- 407 Checking the Carrier Frame Side-to-Side Height
- 407 Checking the Mower Deck Front-to-Rear Pitch
- 407 Adjusting the Mower Deck Front-to-Rear Pitch
- 407 Checking the Mower Deck Side-to-Side Height
- 407 Adjusting the Mower Deck Side-to-Side Height
- 407 Matching the Height-of-Cut
- 408 Tools
- 408 Components
- 408 Alternator
- 408 On/Off Switch
- 408 Bail Switch
- 408 Single Pole Switch
- 408 PTO Switch
- 408 Relay, Single Pole Dual Throw
- 408 Ignition Switch
- 408 Wire Harness T-Bar, Gear Drive (104-8137)
- 408 PTO Switch
- 408 Delay Module
- 408 Clutch Power Supply Test Procedure
- 408 DC Mini Hour Meter
- 408 Proximity Switch
- 408 PTO Brake Clutch Assembly
- 408 Wire Harness Pistol Grip (106-8780)
- 408 PTO Switch
- 408 Wire Harness T-2, Hydro (114-3418)
- 408 Wire Harness T-Bar, Hydro (114-3420)
- 408 Normally Open Switch
- 408 Normally Closed Switch
- 408 Starter Solenoid
- 408 Operator Presence Control (OPC) Switch Replacement (T-Bar)
- 408 OPC Switch Removal (T-Bar)
- 408 OPC Switch Installation (T-Bar)
- 408 PTO Switch Replacement (T-Bar)
- 408 PTO Switch Removal (T-Bar)
- 408 PTO Switch Installation (T-Bar)
- 408 Ignition Switch Replacement (T-Bar)
- 408 Ignition Switch Removal (T-Bar)
- 408 Ignition Switch Installation (T-Bar)
- 408 Delay Module Replacement (T-Bar)
- 408 Delay Module Removal (T-Bar)
- 408 Delay Module Installation (T-Bar)
- 463 Parking Brake Switch Replacment (Pistol Grip & T-2)
- 463 Parking Brake Switch Removal (P.G. & T-2)
- 463 Parking Brake Switch Installation (P.G. & T-2)
- 463 Neutral Switch Replacement (Pistol Grip)
- 463 Neutral Switch Removal (P.G.)
- 463 Neutral Switch Installation (P.G.)
- 463 PTO Switch Replacement (Electric Start)
- 463 PTO Switch Removal (Electric Start)
- 463 PTO Switch Installation (Electric Start)
- 463 Operator Presence Control (OPC) Switch Replacement (Pistol Grip)
- 463 OPC Switch Removal (P.G.)
- 463 OPC Switch Installation (P.G.)
- 463 OPC Switch Position Adjustment (P.G.)
- 463 Hour Meter Replacement (Pistol Grip)
- 463 Hour Meter Removal (P.G.)
- 463 Hour Meter Installation (P.G.)
- 463 Ignition Switch Replacement (Pistol Grip)
- 463 Ignition Switch Removal (P.G.)
- 463 Ignition Switch Installation (P.G.)
- 463 Kill Relay Replacement (Pistol Grip)
- 463 Kill Relay Removal (P.G.)
- 463 Kill Relay Installation (P.G.)
- 463 Solenoid Switch Replacement (Pistol Grip & T-2)
- 463 Solenoid Switch Removal (P.G. & T-2)
- 463 Solenoid Switch Installation (P.G & T-2)
- 463 Operator Presence Control (OPC) Switch Replacement (T-2)
- 463 OPC Switch Removal (T-2)
- 463 OPC Switch Installation (T-2)
- 463 Latching Relay Replacement (T-2)
- 463 Latching Relay Removal (T-2)
- 463 Latching Relay Installation (T-2)
- 463 Kill Relay Replacement (T-2)
- 463 Kill Relay Removal (T-2)
- 463 Kill Relay Installation (T-2)
- 463 Proximity Neutral Switch Replacement (T-2)
- 463 Proximity Neutral Switch Removal (T-2)
- 463 Proximity Neutral Switch Installation (T-2)